gtk/po-properties/en_GB.po

7438 lines
200 KiB
Plaintext
Raw Normal View History

# British translation
2009-09-12 18:27:38 +00:00
# Copyright (C) 2004 GTK+'s COPYRIGHT HOLDER
# This file is distributed under the same licence as the gtk+ package
# Abigail Brady <morwen@evilmagic.org>, Gareth Owen <gowen72@yahoo.com> 2004
2010-02-24 16:40:46 +00:00
# Bruce Cowan <bcowan@fastmail.co.uk>, 2009, 2010.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
2009-09-12 18:27:38 +00:00
"Project-Id-Version: gtk+\n"
2004-08-01 05:55:01 +00:00
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-05-11 00:03-0400\n"
2010-02-24 16:40:46 +00:00
"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-24 16:40+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Bruce Cowan <bcowan@fastmail.co.uk>\n"
2009-09-12 18:27:38 +00:00
"Language-Team: British English <en@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
"Language: en_GB\n"
2010-02-24 16:40:46 +00:00
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
"X-Generator: Virtaal 0.5.2\n"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf-simple-anim.c:165
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
msgid "Loop"
2009-09-12 18:27:38 +00:00
msgstr "Loop"
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf-simple-anim.c:166
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
msgid "Whether the animation should loop when it reaches the end"
2009-09-12 18:27:38 +00:00
msgstr "Whether the animation should loop when it reaches the end"
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:89
msgid "Number of Channels"
msgstr "Number of Channels"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:90
msgid "The number of samples per pixel"
msgstr "The number of samples per pixel"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:99
msgid "Colorspace"
msgstr "Colourspace"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:100
msgid "The colorspace in which the samples are interpreted"
msgstr "The colourspace in which the samples are interpreted"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:108
msgid "Has Alpha"
msgstr "Has Alpha"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:109
msgid "Whether the pixbuf has an alpha channel"
msgstr "Whether the pixbuf has an alpha channel"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:122
msgid "Bits per Sample"
msgstr "Bits per Sample"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:123
msgid "The number of bits per sample"
msgstr "The number of bits per sample"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:132 gtk/gtklayout.c:597 gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:208
msgid "Width"
msgstr "Width"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:133
msgid "The number of columns of the pixbuf"
msgstr "The number of columns of the pixbuf"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:142 gtk/gtklayout.c:606
msgid "Height"
msgstr "Height"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:143
msgid "The number of rows of the pixbuf"
msgstr "The number of rows of the pixbuf"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:159
msgid "Rowstride"
msgstr "Rowstride"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:160
msgid ""
"The number of bytes between the start of a row and the start of the next row"
msgstr ""
"The number of bytes between the start of a row and the start of the next row"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:169
msgid "Pixels"
msgstr "Pixels"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:170
msgid "A pointer to the pixel data of the pixbuf"
msgstr "A pointer to the pixel data of the pixbuf"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gdk/gdkdisplaymanager.c:103
msgid "Default Display"
msgstr "Default Display"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gdk/gdkdisplaymanager.c:104
msgid "The default display for GDK"
msgstr "The default display for GDK"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gdk/gdkpango.c:538 gtk/gtkinvisible.c:86 gtk/gtkmountoperation.c:176
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:285 gtk/gtkwindow.c:634
2004-12-03 06:32:17 +00:00
msgid "Screen"
msgstr "Screen"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gdk/gdkpango.c:539
2004-12-03 06:32:17 +00:00
msgid "the GdkScreen for the renderer"
msgstr "the GdkScreen for the renderer"
2004-12-03 06:32:17 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gdk/gdkscreen.c:75
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Font options"
msgstr "Font options"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gdk/gdkscreen.c:76
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "The default font options for the screen"
msgstr "The default font options for the screen"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gdk/gdkscreen.c:83
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Font resolution"
msgstr "Font resolution"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gdk/gdkscreen.c:84
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "The resolution for fonts on the screen"
msgstr "The resolution for fonts on the screen"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gdk/gdkwindow.c:496 gdk/gdkwindow.c:497
2009-08-24 22:54:51 +00:00
msgid "Cursor"
2009-09-12 18:27:38 +00:00
msgstr "Cursor"
2009-08-24 22:54:51 +00:00
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:297
msgid "Program name"
msgstr "Program name"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:298
msgid ""
"The name of the program. If this is not set, it defaults to "
"g_get_application_name()"
msgstr ""
"The name of the program. If this is not set, it defaults to "
"g_get_application_name()"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:312
msgid "Program version"
msgstr "Program version"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:313
msgid "The version of the program"
msgstr "The version of the program"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:327
msgid "Copyright string"
msgstr "Copyright string"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:328
msgid "Copyright information for the program"
msgstr "Copyright information for the program"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:345
msgid "Comments string"
msgstr "Comments string"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:346
msgid "Comments about the program"
msgstr "Comments about the program"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:380
msgid "Website URL"
msgstr "Website URL"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:381
msgid "The URL for the link to the website of the program"
msgstr "The URL for the link to the website of the program"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:396
msgid "Website label"
msgstr "Website label"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:397
msgid ""
"The label for the link to the website of the program. If this is not set, it "
"defaults to the URL"
msgstr ""
"The label for the link to the website of the program. If this is not set, it "
"defaults to the URL"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:413
msgid "Authors"
msgstr "Authors"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:414
2004-11-12 17:52:08 +00:00
msgid "List of authors of the program"
msgstr "List of authors of the program"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:430
msgid "Documenters"
msgstr "Documenters"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:431
msgid "List of people documenting the program"
msgstr "List of people documenting the program"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:447
msgid "Artists"
msgstr "Artists"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:448
msgid "List of people who have contributed artwork to the program"
msgstr "List of people who have contributed artwork to the program"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:465
msgid "Translator credits"
msgstr "Translator credits"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:466
msgid ""
"Credits to the translators. This string should be marked as translatable"
msgstr ""
"Credits to the translators. This string should be marked as translatable"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:481
msgid "Logo"
msgstr "Logo"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:482
msgid ""
"A logo for the about box. If this is not set, it defaults to "
"gtk_window_get_default_icon_list()"
msgstr ""
"A logo for the about box. If this is not set, it defaults to "
"gtk_window_get_default_icon_list()"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:497
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Logo Icon Name"
msgstr "Logo Icon Name"
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:498
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "A named icon to use as the logo for the about box."
msgstr "A named icon to use as the logo for the about box."
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:511
2005-07-08 18:52:47 +00:00
msgid "Wrap license"
msgstr "Wrap licence"
2005-07-08 18:52:47 +00:00
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:512
2005-07-08 18:52:47 +00:00
msgid "Whether to wrap the license text."
msgstr "Whether to wrap the licence text."
2005-07-08 18:52:47 +00:00
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaccellabel.c:189
msgid "Accelerator Closure"
msgstr "Accelerator Closure"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaccellabel.c:190
msgid "The closure to be monitored for accelerator changes"
msgstr "The closure to be monitored for accelerator changes"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaccellabel.c:196
msgid "Accelerator Widget"
msgstr "Accelerator Widget"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaccellabel.c:197
msgid "The widget to be monitored for accelerator changes"
msgstr "The widget to be monitored for accelerator changes"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:220 gtk/gtkactiongroup.c:170 gtk/gtkprinter.c:111
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktextmark.c:89
msgid "Name"
msgstr "Name"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:221
msgid "A unique name for the action."
msgstr "A unique name for the action."
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:239 gtk/gtkbutton.c:227 gtk/gtkexpander.c:195
#: gtk/gtkframe.c:114 gtk/gtklabel.c:528 gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:305
#: gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:204 gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1543
msgid "Label"
msgstr "Label"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:240
msgid "The label used for menu items and buttons that activate this action."
msgstr "The label used for menu items and buttons that activate this action."
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:256
msgid "Short label"
msgstr "Short label"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:257
msgid "A shorter label that may be used on toolbar buttons."
msgstr "A shorter label that may be used on toolbar buttons."
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:265
msgid "Tooltip"
msgstr "Tooltip"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:266
msgid "A tooltip for this action."
msgstr "A tooltip for this action."
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:281
msgid "Stock Icon"
msgstr "Stock Icon"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:282
msgid "The stock icon displayed in widgets representing this action."
msgstr "The stock icon displayed in widgets representing this action."
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:302 gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:258
msgid "GIcon"
msgstr "GIcon"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:303 gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:206 gtk/gtkimage.c:344
#: gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:259
msgid "The GIcon being displayed"
msgstr "The GIcon being displayed"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:323 gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:171 gtk/gtkimage.c:326
#: gtk/gtkprinter.c:160 gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:242 gtk/gtkwindow.c:626
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Icon Name"
msgstr "Icon Name"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:324 gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:172 gtk/gtkimage.c:327
#: gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:243
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "The name of the icon from the icon theme"
msgstr "The name of the icon from the icon theme"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:331 gtk/gtktoolitem.c:184
msgid "Visible when horizontal"
msgstr "Visible when horizontal"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:332 gtk/gtktoolitem.c:185
msgid ""
"Whether the toolbar item is visible when the toolbar is in a horizontal "
"orientation."
msgstr ""
"Whether the toolbar item is visible when the toolbar is in a horizontal "
"orientation."
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:347
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
msgid "Visible when overflown"
msgstr "Visible when overflown"
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:348
msgid ""
"When TRUE, toolitem proxies for this action are represented in the toolbar "
"overflow menu."
msgstr ""
"When TRUE, toolitem proxies for this action are represented in the toolbar "
"overflow menu."
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:355 gtk/gtktoolitem.c:191
msgid "Visible when vertical"
msgstr "Visible when vertical"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:356 gtk/gtktoolitem.c:192
msgid ""
"Whether the toolbar item is visible when the toolbar is in a vertical "
"orientation."
msgstr ""
"Whether the toolbar item is visible when the toolbar is in a vertical "
"orientation."
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:363 gtk/gtktoolitem.c:198
msgid "Is important"
msgstr "Is important"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:364
msgid ""
"Whether the action is considered important. When TRUE, toolitem proxies for "
"this action show text in GTK_TOOLBAR_BOTH_HORIZ mode."
msgstr ""
"Whether the action is considered important. When TRUE, toolitem proxies for "
"this action show text in GTK_TOOLBAR_BOTH_HORIZ mode."
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:372
msgid "Hide if empty"
msgstr "Hide if empty"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:373
msgid "When TRUE, empty menu proxies for this action are hidden."
msgstr "When TRUE, empty menu proxies for this action are hidden."
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:379 gtk/gtkactiongroup.c:177 gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:193
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:611
msgid "Sensitive"
msgstr "Sensitive"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:380
msgid "Whether the action is enabled."
msgstr "Whether the action is enabled."
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:386 gtk/gtkactiongroup.c:184 gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:301
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:192 gtk/gtkwidget.c:604
msgid "Visible"
msgstr "Visible"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:387
msgid "Whether the action is visible."
msgstr "Whether the action is visible."
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:393
msgid "Action Group"
msgstr "Action Group"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:394
msgid ""
"The GtkActionGroup this GtkAction is associated with, or NULL (for internal "
"use)."
msgstr ""
"The GtkActionGroup this GtkAction is associated with, or NULL (for internal "
"use)."
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:412 gtk/gtkimagemenuitem.c:169
2009-11-30 22:23:48 +00:00
msgid "Always show image"
msgstr "Always show image"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaction.c:413 gtk/gtkimagemenuitem.c:170
2009-11-30 22:23:48 +00:00
msgid "Whether the image will always be shown"
msgstr "Whether the image will always be shown"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkactiongroup.c:171
msgid "A name for the action group."
msgstr "A name for the action group."
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkactiongroup.c:178
msgid "Whether the action group is enabled."
msgstr "Whether the action group is enabled."
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkactiongroup.c:185
msgid "Whether the action group is visible."
msgstr "Whether the action group is visible."
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkactivatable.c:308
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
msgid "Related Action"
2009-09-12 18:27:38 +00:00
msgstr "Related Action"
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkactivatable.c:309
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
msgid "The action this activatable will activate and receive updates from"
2009-09-12 18:27:38 +00:00
msgstr "The action this activatable will activate and receive updates from"
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkactivatable.c:331
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
msgid "Use Action Appearance"
2009-09-12 18:27:38 +00:00
msgstr "Use Action Appearance"
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkactivatable.c:332
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
msgid "Whether to use the related actions appearance properties"
2009-09-12 18:27:38 +00:00
msgstr "Whether to use the related actions appearance properties"
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkadjustment.c:93 gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:128
#: gtk/gtkscalebutton.c:206 gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:269
msgid "Value"
msgstr "Value"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkadjustment.c:94
msgid "The value of the adjustment"
msgstr "The value of the adjustment"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkadjustment.c:110
msgid "Minimum Value"
msgstr "Minimum Value"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkadjustment.c:111
msgid "The minimum value of the adjustment"
msgstr "The minimum value of the adjustment"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkadjustment.c:130
msgid "Maximum Value"
msgstr "Maximum Value"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkadjustment.c:131
msgid "The maximum value of the adjustment"
msgstr "The maximum value of the adjustment"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkadjustment.c:147
msgid "Step Increment"
msgstr "Step Increment"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkadjustment.c:148
msgid "The step increment of the adjustment"
msgstr "The step increment of the adjustment"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkadjustment.c:164
msgid "Page Increment"
msgstr "Page Increment"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkadjustment.c:165
msgid "The page increment of the adjustment"
msgstr "The page increment of the adjustment"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkadjustment.c:184
msgid "Page Size"
msgstr "Page Size"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkadjustment.c:185
msgid "The page size of the adjustment"
msgstr "The page size of the adjustment"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkalignment.c:117
msgid "Horizontal alignment"
msgstr "Horizontal alignment"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkalignment.c:118 gtk/gtkbutton.c:278
msgid ""
"Horizontal position of child in available space. 0.0 is left aligned, 1.0 is "
"right aligned"
msgstr ""
"Horizontal position of child in available space. 0.0 is left aligned, 1.0 is "
"right aligned"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkalignment.c:127
msgid "Vertical alignment"
msgstr "Vertical alignment"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkalignment.c:128 gtk/gtkbutton.c:297
msgid ""
"Vertical position of child in available space. 0.0 is top aligned, 1.0 is "
"bottom aligned"
msgstr ""
"Vertical position of child in available space. 0.0 is top aligned, 1.0 is "
"bottom aligned"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkalignment.c:136
msgid "Horizontal scale"
msgstr "Horizontal scale"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkalignment.c:137
msgid ""
"If available horizontal space is bigger than needed for the child, how much "
"of it to use for the child. 0.0 means none, 1.0 means all"
msgstr ""
"If available horizontal space is bigger than needed for the child, how much "
"of it to use for the child. 0.0 means none, 1.0 means all"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkalignment.c:145
msgid "Vertical scale"
msgstr "Vertical scale"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkalignment.c:146
msgid ""
"If available vertical space is bigger than needed for the child, how much of "
"it to use for the child. 0.0 means none, 1.0 means all"
msgstr ""
"If available vertical space is bigger than needed for the child, how much of "
"it to use for the child. 0.0 means none, 1.0 means all"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkalignment.c:163
msgid "Top Padding"
msgstr "Top Padding"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkalignment.c:164
msgid "The padding to insert at the top of the widget."
msgstr "The padding to insert at the top of the widget."
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkalignment.c:180
msgid "Bottom Padding"
msgstr "Bottom Padding"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkalignment.c:181
msgid "The padding to insert at the bottom of the widget."
msgstr "The padding to insert at the bottom of the widget."
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkalignment.c:197
msgid "Left Padding"
msgstr "Left Padding"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkalignment.c:198
msgid "The padding to insert at the left of the widget."
msgstr "The padding to insert at the left of the widget."
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkalignment.c:214
msgid "Right Padding"
msgstr "Right Padding"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkalignment.c:215
msgid "The padding to insert at the right of the widget."
msgstr "The padding to insert at the right of the widget."
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkarrow.c:95
msgid "Arrow direction"
msgstr "Arrow direction"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkarrow.c:96
msgid "The direction the arrow should point"
msgstr "The direction the arrow should point"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkarrow.c:104
msgid "Arrow shadow"
msgstr "Arrow shadow"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkarrow.c:105
msgid "Appearance of the shadow surrounding the arrow"
msgstr "Appearance of the shadow surrounding the arrow"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkarrow.c:112 gtk/gtkmenu.c:711 gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:368
msgid "Arrow Scaling"
msgstr "Arrow Scaling"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkarrow.c:113
msgid "Amount of space used up by arrow"
msgstr "Amount of space used up by arrow"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:93
msgid "Horizontal Alignment"
msgstr "Horizontal Alignment"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:94
msgid "X alignment of the child"
msgstr "X alignment of the child"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:100
msgid "Vertical Alignment"
msgstr "Vertical Alignment"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:101
msgid "Y alignment of the child"
msgstr "Y alignment of the child"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:107
msgid "Ratio"
msgstr "Ratio"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:108
msgid "Aspect ratio if obey_child is FALSE"
msgstr "Aspect ratio if obey_child is FALSE"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:114
msgid "Obey child"
msgstr "Obey child"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:115
msgid "Force aspect ratio to match that of the frame's child"
msgstr "Force aspect ratio to match that of the frame's child"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkassistant.c:306
msgid "Header Padding"
msgstr "Header Padding"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkassistant.c:307
msgid "Number of pixels around the header."
msgstr "Number of pixels around the header."
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkassistant.c:314
msgid "Content Padding"
msgstr "Content Padding"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkassistant.c:315
msgid "Number of pixels around the content pages."
msgstr "Number of pixels around the content pages."
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkassistant.c:331
msgid "Page type"
msgstr "Page type"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkassistant.c:332
msgid "The type of the assistant page"
msgstr "The type of the assistant page"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkassistant.c:349
msgid "Page title"
msgstr "Page title"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkassistant.c:350
msgid "The title of the assistant page"
msgstr "The title of the assistant page"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkassistant.c:366
msgid "Header image"
msgstr "Header image"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkassistant.c:367
msgid "Header image for the assistant page"
msgstr "Header image for the assistant page"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkassistant.c:383
msgid "Sidebar image"
msgstr "Sidebar image"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkassistant.c:384
msgid "Sidebar image for the assistant page"
msgstr "Sidebar image for the assistant page"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkassistant.c:399
msgid "Page complete"
msgstr "Page complete"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkassistant.c:400
msgid "Whether all required fields on the page have been filled out"
msgstr "Whether all required fields on the page have been filled out"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbbox.c:129
msgid "Minimum child width"
msgstr "Minimum child width"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbbox.c:130
msgid "Minimum width of buttons inside the box"
msgstr "Minimum width of buttons inside the box"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbbox.c:138
msgid "Minimum child height"
msgstr "Minimum child height"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbbox.c:139
msgid "Minimum height of buttons inside the box"
msgstr "Minimum height of buttons inside the box"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbbox.c:147
msgid "Child internal width padding"
msgstr "Child internal width padding"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbbox.c:148
msgid "Amount to increase child's size on either side"
msgstr "Amount to increase child's size on either side"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbbox.c:156
msgid "Child internal height padding"
msgstr "Child internal height padding"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbbox.c:157
msgid "Amount to increase child's size on the top and bottom"
msgstr "Amount to increase child's size on the top and bottom"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbbox.c:165
msgid "Layout style"
msgstr "Layout style"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbbox.c:166
msgid ""
"How to layout the buttons in the box. Possible values are default, spread, "
"edge, start and end"
msgstr ""
"How to layout the buttons in the box. Possible values are default, spread, "
"edge, start and end"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbbox.c:174
msgid "Secondary"
msgstr "Secondary"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbbox.c:175
msgid ""
"If TRUE, the child appears in a secondary group of children, suitable for, e."
"g., help buttons"
msgstr ""
"If TRUE, the child appears in a secondary group of children, suitable for, e."
"g., help buttons"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbox.c:217 gtk/gtkexpander.c:219 gtk/gtkiconview.c:665
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:217
msgid "Spacing"
msgstr "Spacing"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbox.c:218
msgid "The amount of space between children"
msgstr "The amount of space between children"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbox.c:227 gtk/gtktable.c:165 gtk/gtktoolbar.c:537
#: gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1596
msgid "Homogeneous"
msgstr "Homogeneous"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbox.c:228
msgid "Whether the children should all be the same size"
msgstr "Whether the children should all be the same size"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbox.c:235 gtk/gtktoolbar.c:529 gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1603
#: gtk/gtktoolpalette.c:1053 gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:273
msgid "Expand"
msgstr "Expand"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbox.c:236
msgid "Whether the child should receive extra space when the parent grows"
msgstr "Whether the child should receive extra space when the parent grows"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbox.c:242 gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1610
msgid "Fill"
msgstr "Fill"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbox.c:243
msgid ""
"Whether extra space given to the child should be allocated to the child or "
"used as padding"
msgstr ""
"Whether extra space given to the child should be allocated to the child or "
"used as padding"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbox.c:249 gtk/gtktrayicon-x11.c:163
msgid "Padding"
msgstr "Padding"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbox.c:250
msgid "Extra space to put between the child and its neighbors, in pixels"
msgstr "Extra space to put between the child and its neighbours, in pixels"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbox.c:256
msgid "Pack type"
msgstr "Pack type"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbox.c:257 gtk/gtknotebook.c:667
msgid ""
"A GtkPackType indicating whether the child is packed with reference to the "
"start or end of the parent"
msgstr ""
"A GtkPackType indicating whether the child is packed with reference to the "
"start or end of the parent"
2005-04-08 01:34:42 +00:00
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbox.c:263 gtk/gtknotebook.c:645 gtk/gtkpaned.c:241
#: gtk/gtkruler.c:148 gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1624
msgid "Position"
msgstr "Position"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbox.c:264 gtk/gtknotebook.c:646
msgid "The index of the child in the parent"
msgstr "The index of the child in the parent"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbuilder.c:314
msgid "Translation Domain"
msgstr "Translation Domain"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbuilder.c:315
msgid "The translation domain used by gettext"
msgstr "The translation domain used by gettext"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:228
msgid ""
"Text of the label widget inside the button, if the button contains a label "
"widget"
msgstr ""
"Text of the label widget inside the button, if the button contains a label "
"widget"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:235 gtk/gtkexpander.c:203 gtk/gtklabel.c:549
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:320 gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:211
msgid "Use underline"
msgstr "Use underline"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:236 gtk/gtkexpander.c:204 gtk/gtklabel.c:550
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:321
msgid ""
"If set, an underline in the text indicates the next character should be used "
"for the mnemonic accelerator key"
msgstr ""
"If set, an underline in the text indicates the next character should be used "
"for the mnemonic accelerator key"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:243 gtk/gtkimagemenuitem.c:150
msgid "Use stock"
msgstr "Use stock"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:244
msgid ""
"If set, the label is used to pick a stock item instead of being displayed"
msgstr ""
"If set, the label is used to pick a stock item instead of being displayed"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:251 gtk/gtkcombobox.c:796 gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:393
msgid "Focus on click"
msgstr "Focus on click"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:252 gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:394
msgid "Whether the button grabs focus when it is clicked with the mouse"
msgstr "Whether the button grabs focus when it is clicked with the mouse"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:259
msgid "Border relief"
msgstr "Border relief"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:260
msgid "The border relief style"
msgstr "The border relief style"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:277
msgid "Horizontal alignment for child"
msgstr "Horizontal alignment for child"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:296
msgid "Vertical alignment for child"
msgstr "Vertical alignment for child"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:313 gtk/gtkimagemenuitem.c:135
msgid "Image widget"
msgstr "Image widget"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:314
msgid "Child widget to appear next to the button text"
msgstr "Child widget to appear next to the button text"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:328
2006-06-05 19:33:40 +00:00
msgid "Image position"
msgstr "Image position"
2006-06-05 19:33:40 +00:00
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:329
2006-06-05 19:33:40 +00:00
msgid "The position of the image relative to the text"
msgstr "The position of the image relative to the text"
2006-06-05 19:33:40 +00:00
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:449
msgid "Default Spacing"
msgstr "Default Spacing"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:450
2009-11-30 22:23:48 +00:00
msgid "Extra space to add for GTK_CAN_DEFAULT buttons"
2010-02-24 16:40:46 +00:00
msgstr "Extra space to add for GTK_CAN_DEFAULT buttons"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:464
msgid "Default Outside Spacing"
msgstr "Default Outside Spacing"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:465
msgid ""
2009-11-30 22:23:48 +00:00
"Extra space to add for GTK_CAN_DEFAULT buttons that is always drawn outside "
"the border"
msgstr ""
2010-02-24 16:40:46 +00:00
"Extra space to add for GTK_CAN_DEFAULT buttons that is always drawn outside "
"the border"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:470
msgid "Child X Displacement"
msgstr "Child X Displacement"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:471
msgid ""
"How far in the x direction to move the child when the button is depressed"
msgstr ""
"How far in the x direction to move the child when the button is depressed"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:478
msgid "Child Y Displacement"
msgstr "Child Y Displacement"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:479
msgid ""
"How far in the y direction to move the child when the button is depressed"
msgstr ""
"How far in the y direction to move the child when the button is depressed"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:495
msgid "Displace focus"
msgstr "Displace focus"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:496
msgid ""
"Whether the child_displacement_x/_y properties should also affect the focus "
"rectangle"
msgstr ""
"Whether the child_displacement_x/_y properties should also affect the focus "
"rectangle"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:509 gtk/gtkentry.c:695 gtk/gtkentry.c:1740
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Inner Border"
msgstr "Inner Border"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:510
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Border between button edges and child."
msgstr "Border between button edges and child."
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:523
2006-06-05 19:33:40 +00:00
msgid "Image spacing"
msgstr "Image spacing"
2006-06-05 19:33:40 +00:00
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:524
2006-06-05 19:33:40 +00:00
msgid "Spacing in pixels between the image and label"
msgstr "Spacing in pixels between the image and label"
2006-06-05 19:33:40 +00:00
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:538
msgid "Show button images"
msgstr "Show button images"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:539
msgid "Whether images should be shown on buttons"
msgstr "Whether images should be shown on buttons"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:440
msgid "Year"
msgstr "Year"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:441
msgid "The selected year"
msgstr "The selected year"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:454
msgid "Month"
msgstr "Month"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:455
msgid "The selected month (as a number between 0 and 11)"
msgstr "The selected month (as a number between 0 and 11)"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:469
msgid "Day"
msgstr "Day"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:470
msgid ""
"The selected day (as a number between 1 and 31, or 0 to unselect the "
"currently selected day)"
msgstr ""
"The selected day (as a number between 1 and 31, or 0 to unselect the "
"currently selected day)"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:484
msgid "Show Heading"
msgstr "Show Heading"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:485
msgid "If TRUE, a heading is displayed"
msgstr "If TRUE, a heading is displayed"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:499
msgid "Show Day Names"
msgstr "Show Day Names"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:500
msgid "If TRUE, day names are displayed"
msgstr "If TRUE, day names are displayed"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:513
msgid "No Month Change"
msgstr "No Month Change"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:514
msgid "If TRUE, the selected month cannot be changed"
msgstr "If TRUE, the selected month cannot be changed"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:528
msgid "Show Week Numbers"
msgstr "Show Week Numbers"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:529
msgid "If TRUE, week numbers are displayed"
msgstr "If TRUE, week numbers are displayed"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:544
msgid "Details Width"
msgstr "Details Width"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:545
msgid "Details width in characters"
msgstr "Details width in characters"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:560
msgid "Details Height"
msgstr "Details Height"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:561
msgid "Details height in rows"
msgstr "Details height in rows"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:577
msgid "Show Details"
msgstr "Show Details"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:578
msgid "If TRUE, details are shown"
msgstr "If TRUE, details are shown"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcelleditable.c:43
2009-11-02 00:23:05 +00:00
msgid "Editing Canceled"
2010-02-24 16:40:46 +00:00
msgstr "Editing Cancelled"
2009-11-02 00:23:05 +00:00
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcelleditable.c:44
2009-11-02 00:23:05 +00:00
msgid "Indicates that editing has been canceled"
2010-02-24 16:40:46 +00:00
msgstr "Indicates that editing has been cancelled"
2009-11-02 00:23:05 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:177
msgid "mode"
msgstr "mode"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:178
msgid "Editable mode of the CellRenderer"
msgstr "Editable mode of the CellRenderer"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:186
msgid "visible"
msgstr "visible"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:187
msgid "Display the cell"
msgstr "Display the cell"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:194
msgid "Display the cell sensitive"
msgstr "Display the cell sensitive"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:201
msgid "xalign"
msgstr "xalign"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:202
msgid "The x-align"
msgstr "The x-align"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:211
msgid "yalign"
msgstr "yalign"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:212
msgid "The y-align"
msgstr "The y-align"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:221
msgid "xpad"
msgstr "xpad"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:222
msgid "The xpad"
msgstr "The xpad"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:231
msgid "ypad"
msgstr "ypad"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:232
msgid "The ypad"
msgstr "The ypad"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:241
msgid "width"
msgstr "width"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:242
msgid "The fixed width"
msgstr "The fixed width"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:251
msgid "height"
msgstr "height"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:252
msgid "The fixed height"
msgstr "The fixed height"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:261
msgid "Is Expander"
msgstr "Is Expander"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:262
msgid "Row has children"
msgstr "Row has children"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:270
msgid "Is Expanded"
msgstr "Is Expanded"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:271
msgid "Row is an expander row, and is expanded"
msgstr "Row is an expander row, and is expanded"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:278
msgid "Cell background color name"
msgstr "Cell background colour name"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:279
msgid "Cell background color as a string"
msgstr "Cell background colour as a string"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:286
msgid "Cell background color"
msgstr "Cell background colour"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:287
msgid "Cell background color as a GdkColor"
msgstr "Cell background colour as a GdkColor"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:294
msgid "Editing"
msgstr "Editing"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:295
msgid "Whether the cell renderer is currently in editing mode"
msgstr "Whether the cell renderer is currently in editing mode"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:303
msgid "Cell background set"
msgstr "Cell background set"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:304
msgid "Whether this tag affects the cell background color"
msgstr "Whether this tag affects the cell background colour"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendereraccel.c:114
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Accelerator key"
msgstr "Accelerator key"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendereraccel.c:115
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "The keyval of the accelerator"
msgstr "The keyval of the accelerator"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendereraccel.c:131
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Accelerator modifiers"
msgstr "Accelerator modifiers"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendereraccel.c:132
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "The modifier mask of the accelerator"
msgstr "The modifier mask of the accelerator"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendereraccel.c:149
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Accelerator keycode"
msgstr "Accelerator keycode"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendereraccel.c:150
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "The hardware keycode of the accelerator"
msgstr "The hardware keycode of the accelerator"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendereraccel.c:169
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Accelerator Mode"
msgstr "Accelerator Mode"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendereraccel.c:170
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "The type of accelerators"
msgstr "The type of accelerators"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderercombo.c:107
msgid "Model"
msgstr "Model"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderercombo.c:108
msgid "The model containing the possible values for the combo box"
msgstr "The model containing the possible values for the combo box"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderercombo.c:130 gtk/gtkcomboboxentry.c:106
msgid "Text Column"
msgstr "Text Column"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderercombo.c:131 gtk/gtkcomboboxentry.c:107
msgid "A column in the data source model to get the strings from"
msgstr "A column in the data source model to get the strings from"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderercombo.c:148
msgid "Has Entry"
msgstr "Has Entry"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderercombo.c:149
2004-11-12 17:52:08 +00:00
msgid "If FALSE, don't allow to enter strings other than the chosen ones"
msgstr "If FALSE, don't allow to enter strings other than the chosen ones"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:111
msgid "Pixbuf Object"
msgstr "Pixbuf Object"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:112
msgid "The pixbuf to render"
msgstr "The pixbuf to render"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:119
msgid "Pixbuf Expander Open"
msgstr "Pixbuf Expander Open"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:120
msgid "Pixbuf for open expander"
msgstr "Pixbuf for open expander"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:127
msgid "Pixbuf Expander Closed"
msgstr "Pixbuf Expander Closed"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:128
msgid "Pixbuf for closed expander"
msgstr "Pixbuf for closed expander"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:135 gtk/gtkimage.c:268 gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:234
msgid "Stock ID"
msgstr "Stock ID"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:136
msgid "The stock ID of the stock icon to render"
msgstr "The stock ID of the stock icon to render"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:143 gtk/gtkcellrendererspinner.c:158
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrecentmanager.c:245 gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:275
msgid "Size"
msgstr "Size"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:144
msgid "The GtkIconSize value that specifies the size of the rendered icon"
msgstr "The GtkIconSize value that specifies the size of the rendered icon"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:153
msgid "Detail"
msgstr "Detail"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:154
msgid "Render detail to pass to the theme engine"
msgstr "Render detail to pass to the theme engine"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:187
msgid "Follow State"
msgstr "Follow State"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:188
msgid "Whether the rendered pixbuf should be colorized according to the state"
msgstr "Whether the rendered pixbuf should be coloured according to the state"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:205 gtk/gtkimage.c:343 gtk/gtkwindow.c:603
msgid "Icon"
msgstr "Icon"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:129
msgid "Value of the progress bar"
msgstr "Value of the progress bar"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:146 gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:195
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:738 gtk/gtkentrybuffer.c:353 gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:200
#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:137 gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:198
msgid "Text"
msgstr "Text"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:147
msgid "Text on the progress bar"
msgstr "Text on the progress bar"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:170 gtk/gtkcellrendererspinner.c:144
msgid "Pulse"
msgstr "Pulse"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:171
msgid ""
"Set this to positive values to indicate that some progress is made, but you "
"don't know how much."
msgstr ""
"Set this to positive values to indicate that some progress is made, but you "
"don't know how much."
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:187 gtk/gtkprogress.c:118
msgid "Text x alignment"
msgstr "Text x alignment"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:188 gtk/gtkprogress.c:119
msgid ""
"The horizontal text alignment, from 0 (left) to 1 (right). Reversed for RTL "
"layouts."
msgstr ""
"The horizontal text alignment, from 0 (left) to 1 (right). Reversed for RTL "
"layouts."
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:204 gtk/gtkprogress.c:125
msgid "Text y alignment"
msgstr "Text y alignment"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:205 gtk/gtkprogress.c:126
msgid "The vertical text alignment, from 0 (top) to 1 (bottom)."
msgstr "The vertical text alignment, from 0 (top) to 1 (bottom)."
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:221 gtk/gtkiconview.c:729
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkorientable.c:47 gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:112 gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:333
#: gtk/gtktrayicon-x11.c:122
msgid "Orientation"
msgstr "Orientation"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:222 gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:113
msgid "Orientation and growth direction of the progress bar"
msgstr "Orientation and growth direction of the progress bar"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererspin.c:93 gtk/gtkrange.c:367 gtk/gtkscalebutton.c:225
#: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:208
msgid "Adjustment"
msgstr "Adjustment"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererspin.c:94
msgid "The adjustment that holds the value of the spinbutton."
msgstr "The adjustment that holds the value of the spin button."
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererspin.c:109
msgid "Climb rate"
msgstr "Climb rate"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererspin.c:110 gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:217
msgid "The acceleration rate when you hold down a button"
msgstr "The acceleration rate when you hold down a button"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererspin.c:123 gtk/gtkscale.c:218 gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:226
msgid "Digits"
msgstr "Digits"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererspin.c:124 gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:227
msgid "The number of decimal places to display"
msgstr "The number of decimal places to display"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererspinner.c:124 gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c:98
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:501 gtk/gtkspinner.c:128 gtk/gtktoggleaction.c:119
#: gtk/gtktogglebutton.c:115 gtk/gtktoggletoolbutton.c:114
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Active"
msgstr "Active"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererspinner.c:125
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Whether the spinner is active (ie. shown) in the cell"
2010-02-24 16:40:46 +00:00
msgstr "Whether the spinner is active (ie. shown) in the cell"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererspinner.c:145
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Pulse of the spinner"
2010-02-24 16:40:46 +00:00
msgstr "Pulse of the spinner"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererspinner.c:159
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "The GtkIconSize value that specifies the size of the rendered spinner"
2010-02-24 16:40:46 +00:00
msgstr "The GtkIconSize value that specifies the size of the rendered spinner"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:196
msgid "Text to render"
msgstr "Text to render"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:203
msgid "Markup"
msgstr "Markup"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:204
msgid "Marked up text to render"
msgstr "Marked up text to render"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:211 gtk/gtklabel.c:535
msgid "Attributes"
msgstr "Attributes"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:212
msgid "A list of style attributes to apply to the text of the renderer"
msgstr "A list of style attributes to apply to the text of the renderer"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:219
msgid "Single Paragraph Mode"
msgstr "Single Paragraph Mode"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:220
msgid "Whether or not to keep all text in a single paragraph"
2009-09-12 18:27:38 +00:00
msgstr "Whether to keep all text in a single paragraph"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:228 gtk/gtkcellview.c:160 gtk/gtktexttag.c:183
msgid "Background color name"
msgstr "Background colour name"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:229 gtk/gtkcellview.c:161 gtk/gtktexttag.c:184
msgid "Background color as a string"
msgstr "Background colour as a string"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:236 gtk/gtkcellview.c:167 gtk/gtktexttag.c:191
msgid "Background color"
msgstr "Background colour"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:237 gtk/gtkcellview.c:168
msgid "Background color as a GdkColor"
msgstr "Background colour as a GdkColor"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:244 gtk/gtktexttag.c:217
msgid "Foreground color name"
msgstr "Foreground colour name"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:245 gtk/gtktexttag.c:218
msgid "Foreground color as a string"
msgstr "Foreground colour as a string"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:252 gtk/gtktexttag.c:225
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktrayicon-x11.c:131
msgid "Foreground color"
msgstr "Foreground colour"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:253
msgid "Foreground color as a GdkColor"
msgstr "Foreground colour as a GdkColor"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:261 gtk/gtkentry.c:662 gtk/gtktexttag.c:251
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:576
msgid "Editable"
msgstr "Editable"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:262 gtk/gtktexttag.c:252 gtk/gtktextview.c:577
msgid "Whether the text can be modified by the user"
msgstr "Whether the text can be modified by the user"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:269 gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:277
#: gtk/gtkfontsel.c:203 gtk/gtktexttag.c:267 gtk/gtktexttag.c:275
msgid "Font"
msgstr "Font"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:270 gtk/gtktexttag.c:268
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
msgid "Font description as a string, e.g. \"Sans Italic 12\""
msgstr "Font description as a string, e.g. \"Sans Italic 12\""
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:278 gtk/gtktexttag.c:276
msgid "Font description as a PangoFontDescription struct"
msgstr "Font description as a PangoFontDescription struct"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:286 gtk/gtktexttag.c:283
msgid "Font family"
msgstr "Font family"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:287 gtk/gtktexttag.c:284
msgid "Name of the font family, e.g. Sans, Helvetica, Times, Monospace"
msgstr "Name of the font family, e.g. Sans, Helvetica, Times, Monospace"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:294 gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:295
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:291
msgid "Font style"
msgstr "Font style"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:303 gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:304
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:300
msgid "Font variant"
msgstr "Font variant"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:312 gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:313
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:309
msgid "Font weight"
msgstr "Font weight"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:322 gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:323
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:320
msgid "Font stretch"
msgstr "Font stretch"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:331 gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:332
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:329
msgid "Font size"
msgstr "Font size"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:341 gtk/gtktexttag.c:349
msgid "Font points"
msgstr "Font points"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:342 gtk/gtktexttag.c:350
msgid "Font size in points"
msgstr "Font size in points"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:351 gtk/gtktexttag.c:339
msgid "Font scale"
msgstr "Font scale"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:352
msgid "Font scaling factor"
msgstr "Font scaling factor"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:361 gtk/gtktexttag.c:418
msgid "Rise"
msgstr "Rise"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:362
msgid ""
"Offset of text above the baseline (below the baseline if rise is negative)"
msgstr ""
"Offset of text above the baseline (below the baseline if rise is negative)"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:373 gtk/gtktexttag.c:458
msgid "Strikethrough"
msgstr "Strikethrough"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:374 gtk/gtktexttag.c:459
msgid "Whether to strike through the text"
msgstr "Whether to strike through the text"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:381 gtk/gtktexttag.c:466
msgid "Underline"
msgstr "Underline"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:382 gtk/gtktexttag.c:467
msgid "Style of underline for this text"
msgstr "Style of underline for this text"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:390 gtk/gtktexttag.c:378
msgid "Language"
msgstr "Language"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:391
msgid ""
"The language this text is in, as an ISO code. Pango can use this as a hint "
"when rendering the text. If you don't understand this parameter, you "
"probably don't need it"
msgstr ""
"The language this text is in, as an ISO code. Pango can use this as a hint "
"when rendering the text. If you don't understand this parameter, you "
"probably don't need it"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:411 gtk/gtklabel.c:660 gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:159
2004-08-01 05:55:01 +00:00
msgid "Ellipsize"
msgstr "Ellipsis location"
2004-08-01 05:55:01 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:412
msgid ""
"The preferred place to ellipsize the string, if the cell renderer does not "
"have enough room to display the entire string"
msgstr ""
"The preferred place to place an ellipsis in the string, if the cell renderer "
"does not have enough room to display the entire string"
2004-08-01 05:55:01 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:431 gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:421
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:681
msgid "Width In Characters"
msgstr "Width In Characters"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:432 gtk/gtklabel.c:682
msgid "The desired width of the label, in characters"
msgstr "The desired width of the label, in characters"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:450 gtk/gtktexttag.c:475
msgid "Wrap mode"
msgstr "Wrap mode"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:451
msgid ""
"How to break the string into multiple lines, if the cell renderer does not "
"have enough room to display the entire string"
msgstr ""
"How to break the string into multiple lines, if the cell renderer does not "
"have enough room to display the entire string"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:470 gtk/gtkcombobox.c:685
msgid "Wrap width"
msgstr "Wrap width"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:471
msgid "The width at which the text is wrapped"
msgstr "The width at which the text is wrapped"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:491 gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:298
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Alignment"
msgstr "Alignment"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:492
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "How to align the lines"
msgstr "How to align the lines"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:502 gtk/gtkcellview.c:190 gtk/gtktexttag.c:564
msgid "Background set"
msgstr "Background set"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:503 gtk/gtkcellview.c:191 gtk/gtktexttag.c:565
msgid "Whether this tag affects the background color"
msgstr "Whether this tag affects the background colour"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:506 gtk/gtktexttag.c:576
msgid "Foreground set"
msgstr "Foreground set"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:507 gtk/gtktexttag.c:577
msgid "Whether this tag affects the foreground color"
msgstr "Whether this tag affects the foreground colour"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:510 gtk/gtktexttag.c:584
msgid "Editability set"
msgstr "Editability set"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:511 gtk/gtktexttag.c:585
msgid "Whether this tag affects text editability"
msgstr "Whether this tag affects text editability"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:514 gtk/gtktexttag.c:588
msgid "Font family set"
msgstr "Font family set"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:515 gtk/gtktexttag.c:589
msgid "Whether this tag affects the font family"
msgstr "Whether this tag affects the font family"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:518 gtk/gtktexttag.c:592
msgid "Font style set"
msgstr "Font style set"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:519 gtk/gtktexttag.c:593
msgid "Whether this tag affects the font style"
msgstr "Whether this tag affects the font style"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:522 gtk/gtktexttag.c:596
msgid "Font variant set"
msgstr "Font variant set"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:523 gtk/gtktexttag.c:597
msgid "Whether this tag affects the font variant"
msgstr "Whether this tag affects the font variant"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:526 gtk/gtktexttag.c:600
msgid "Font weight set"
msgstr "Font weight set"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:527 gtk/gtktexttag.c:601
msgid "Whether this tag affects the font weight"
msgstr "Whether this tag affects the font weight"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:530 gtk/gtktexttag.c:604
msgid "Font stretch set"
msgstr "Font stretch set"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:531 gtk/gtktexttag.c:605
msgid "Whether this tag affects the font stretch"
msgstr "Whether this tag affects the font stretch"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:534 gtk/gtktexttag.c:608
msgid "Font size set"
msgstr "Font size set"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:535 gtk/gtktexttag.c:609
msgid "Whether this tag affects the font size"
msgstr "Whether this tag affects the font size"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:538 gtk/gtktexttag.c:612
msgid "Font scale set"
msgstr "Font scale set"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:539 gtk/gtktexttag.c:613
msgid "Whether this tag scales the font size by a factor"
msgstr "Whether this tag scales the font size by a factor"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:542 gtk/gtktexttag.c:632
msgid "Rise set"
msgstr "Rise set"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:543 gtk/gtktexttag.c:633
msgid "Whether this tag affects the rise"
msgstr "Whether this tag affects the rise"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:546 gtk/gtktexttag.c:648
msgid "Strikethrough set"
msgstr "Strikethrough set"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:547 gtk/gtktexttag.c:649
msgid "Whether this tag affects strikethrough"
msgstr "Whether this tag affects strikethrough"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:550 gtk/gtktexttag.c:656
msgid "Underline set"
msgstr "Underline set"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:551 gtk/gtktexttag.c:657
msgid "Whether this tag affects underlining"
msgstr "Whether this tag affects underlining"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:554 gtk/gtktexttag.c:620
msgid "Language set"
msgstr "Language set"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:555 gtk/gtktexttag.c:621
msgid "Whether this tag affects the language the text is rendered as"
msgstr "Whether this tag affects the language the text is rendered as"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:558
msgid "Ellipsize set"
msgstr "Ellipsis placement set"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:559
2004-08-01 05:55:01 +00:00
msgid "Whether this tag affects the ellipsize mode"
msgstr "Whether this tag affects the placement of the ellipsis"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:562
msgid "Align set"
msgstr "Align set"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:563
msgid "Whether this tag affects the alignment mode"
msgstr "Whether this tag affects the alignment mode"
2004-08-01 05:55:01 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:126
msgid "Toggle state"
msgstr "Toggle state"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:127
msgid "The toggle state of the button"
msgstr "The toggle state of the button"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:134
msgid "Inconsistent state"
msgstr "Inconsistent state"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:135
msgid "The inconsistent state of the button"
msgstr "The inconsistent state of the button"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:142
msgid "Activatable"
msgstr "Activatable"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:143
msgid "The toggle button can be activated"
msgstr "The toggle button can be activated"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:150
msgid "Radio state"
msgstr "Radio state"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:151
msgid "Draw the toggle button as a radio button"
msgstr "Draw the toggle button as a radio button"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:158
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Indicator size"
msgstr "Indicator size"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:159 gtk/gtkcheckbutton.c:70
#: gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c:122
msgid "Size of check or radio indicator"
msgstr "Size of check or radio indicator"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellview.c:182
2006-06-05 19:33:40 +00:00
msgid "CellView model"
msgstr "CellView model"
2006-06-05 19:33:40 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcellview.c:183
2006-06-05 19:33:40 +00:00
msgid "The model for cell view"
msgstr "The model for cell view"
2006-06-05 19:33:40 +00:00
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcheckbutton.c:69 gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c:121
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Indicator Size"
msgstr "Indicator Size"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcheckbutton.c:77 gtk/gtkexpander.c:245
msgid "Indicator Spacing"
msgstr "Indicator Spacing"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcheckbutton.c:78
msgid "Spacing around check or radio indicator"
msgstr "Spacing around check or radio indicator"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c:99
msgid "Whether the menu item is checked"
msgstr "Whether the menu item is checked"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c:106 gtk/gtktogglebutton.c:123
msgid "Inconsistent"
msgstr "Inconsistent"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c:107
msgid "Whether to display an \"inconsistent\" state"
msgstr "Whether to display an \"inconsistent\" state"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c:114
msgid "Draw as radio menu item"
msgstr "Draw as radio menu item"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c:115
msgid "Whether the menu item looks like a radio menu item"
msgstr "Whether the menu item looks like a radio menu item"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:171
msgid "Use alpha"
msgstr "Use alpha"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:172
msgid "Whether or not to give the color an alpha value"
2009-09-12 18:27:38 +00:00
msgstr "Whether to give the colour an alpha value"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:186 gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:407
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:142 gtk/gtkprintjob.c:116 gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:429
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:265
msgid "Title"
msgstr "Title"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:187
msgid "The title of the color selection dialog"
msgstr "The title of the colour selection dialogue"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:201 gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:293
msgid "Current Color"
msgstr "Current Colour"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:202
msgid "The selected color"
msgstr "The selected colour"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:216 gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:300
msgid "Current Alpha"
msgstr "Current Alpha"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:217
msgid "The selected opacity value (0 fully transparent, 65535 fully opaque)"
msgstr "The selected opacity value (0 fully transparent, 65535 fully opaque)"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:279
msgid "Has Opacity Control"
msgstr "Has Opacity Control"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:280
msgid "Whether the color selector should allow setting opacity"
msgstr "Whether the colour selector should allow setting opacity"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:286
msgid "Has palette"
msgstr "Has palette"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:287
msgid "Whether a palette should be used"
msgstr "Whether a palette should be used"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:294
msgid "The current color"
msgstr "The current colour"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:301
msgid "The current opacity value (0 fully transparent, 65535 fully opaque)"
msgstr "The current opacity value (0 fully transparent, 65535 fully opaque)"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:315
msgid "Custom palette"
msgstr "Custom palette"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:316
msgid "Palette to use in the color selector"
msgstr "Palette to use in the colour selector"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcolorseldialog.c:102
msgid "Color Selection"
msgstr "Colour Selection"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcolorseldialog.c:103
msgid "The color selection embedded in the dialog."
msgstr "The colour selection embedded in the dialogue."
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcolorseldialog.c:109
msgid "OK Button"
msgstr "OK Button"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcolorseldialog.c:110
msgid "The OK button of the dialog."
msgstr "The OK button of the dialogue."
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcolorseldialog.c:116
msgid "Cancel Button"
msgstr "Cancel Button"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcolorseldialog.c:117
msgid "The cancel button of the dialog."
msgstr "The cancel button of the dialogue."
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcolorseldialog.c:123
msgid "Help Button"
msgstr "Help Button"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcolorseldialog.c:124
msgid "The help button of the dialog."
msgstr "The help button of the dialogue."
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:668
msgid "ComboBox model"
msgstr "ComboBox model"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:669
msgid "The model for the combo box"
msgstr "The model for the combo box"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:686
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Wrap width for laying out the items in a grid"
msgstr "Wrap width for laying out the items in a grid"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:708
msgid "Row span column"
msgstr "Row span column"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:709
msgid "TreeModel column containing the row span values"
msgstr "TreeModel column containing the row span values"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:730
msgid "Column span column"
msgstr "Column span column"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:731
msgid "TreeModel column containing the column span values"
msgstr "TreeModel column containing the column span values"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:752
msgid "Active item"
msgstr "Active item"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:753
msgid "The item which is currently active"
msgstr "The item which is currently active"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:772 gtk/gtkuimanager.c:226
msgid "Add tearoffs to menus"
msgstr "Add tearoffs to menus"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:773
msgid "Whether dropdowns should have a tearoff menu item"
msgstr "Whether dropdowns should have a tearoff menu item"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:788 gtk/gtkentry.c:687
msgid "Has Frame"
msgstr "Has Frame"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:789
msgid "Whether the combo box draws a frame around the child"
msgstr "Whether the combo box draws a frame around the child"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:797
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
msgid "Whether the combo box grabs focus when it is clicked with the mouse"
msgstr "Whether the combo box grabs focus when it is clicked with the mouse"
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:812 gtk/gtkmenu.c:556
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Tearoff Title"
msgstr "Tearoff Title"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:813
msgid ""
"A title that may be displayed by the window manager when the popup is torn-"
"off"
msgstr ""
"A title that may be displayed by the window manager when the popup is torn-"
"off"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:830
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Popup shown"
msgstr "Popup shown"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:831
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Whether the combo's dropdown is shown"
msgstr "Whether the combo's dropdown is shown"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:847
msgid "Button Sensitivity"
msgstr "Button Sensitivity"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:848
msgid "Whether the dropdown button is sensitive when the model is empty"
msgstr "Whether the dropdown button is sensitive when the model is empty"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:855
msgid "Appears as list"
msgstr "Appears as list"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:856
msgid "Whether dropdowns should look like lists rather than menus"
msgstr "Whether dropdowns should look like lists rather than menus"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:872
msgid "Arrow Size"
msgstr "Arrow Size"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:873
msgid "The minimum size of the arrow in the combo box"
msgstr "The minimum size of the arrow in the combo box"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:888 gtk/gtkentry.c:787 gtk/gtkhandlebox.c:174
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenubar.c:194 gtk/gtkstatusbar.c:193 gtk/gtktoolbar.c:587
#: gtk/gtkviewport.c:150
msgid "Shadow type"
msgstr "Shadow type"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:889
msgid "Which kind of shadow to draw around the combo box"
msgstr "Which kind of shadow to draw around the combo box"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcontainer.c:238
msgid "Resize mode"
msgstr "Resize mode"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcontainer.c:239
msgid "Specify how resize events are handled"
msgstr "Specify how resize events are handled"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcontainer.c:246
msgid "Border width"
msgstr "Border width"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcontainer.c:247
msgid "The width of the empty border outside the containers children"
msgstr "The width of the empty border outside the containers children"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcontainer.c:255
msgid "Child"
msgstr "Child"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkcontainer.c:256
msgid "Can be used to add a new child to the container"
msgstr "Can be used to add a new child to the container"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkdialog.c:145
msgid "Has separator"
msgstr "Has separator"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkdialog.c:146
msgid "The dialog has a separator bar above its buttons"
msgstr "The dialogue has a separator bar above its buttons"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkdialog.c:191 gtk/gtkinfobar.c:439
msgid "Content area border"
msgstr "Content area border"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkdialog.c:192
msgid "Width of border around the main dialog area"
msgstr "Width of border around the main dialogue area"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkdialog.c:209 gtk/gtkinfobar.c:456
msgid "Content area spacing"
msgstr "Content area spacing"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkdialog.c:210
msgid "Spacing between elements of the main dialog area"
msgstr "Spacing between elements of the main dialogue area"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkdialog.c:217 gtk/gtkinfobar.c:472
msgid "Button spacing"
msgstr "Button spacing"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkdialog.c:218 gtk/gtkinfobar.c:473
msgid "Spacing between buttons"
msgstr "Spacing between buttons"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkdialog.c:226 gtk/gtkinfobar.c:488
msgid "Action area border"
msgstr "Action area border"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkdialog.c:227
msgid "Width of border around the button area at the bottom of the dialog"
msgstr "Width of border around the button area at the bottom of the dialogue"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:634
2009-07-10 23:02:32 +00:00
msgid "Text Buffer"
2009-09-12 18:27:38 +00:00
msgstr "Text Buffer"
2009-07-10 23:02:32 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:635
2009-07-10 23:02:32 +00:00
msgid "Text buffer object which actually stores entry text"
2009-09-12 18:27:38 +00:00
msgstr "Text buffer object which actually stores entry text"
2009-07-10 23:02:32 +00:00
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:642 gtk/gtklabel.c:623
msgid "Cursor Position"
msgstr "Cursor Position"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:643 gtk/gtklabel.c:624
msgid "The current position of the insertion cursor in chars"
msgstr "The current position of the insertion cursor in chars"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:652 gtk/gtklabel.c:633
msgid "Selection Bound"
msgstr "Selection Bound"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:653 gtk/gtklabel.c:634
msgid ""
"The position of the opposite end of the selection from the cursor in chars"
msgstr ""
"The position of the opposite end of the selection from the cursor in chars"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:663
msgid "Whether the entry contents can be edited"
msgstr "Whether the entry contents can be edited"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:670 gtk/gtkentrybuffer.c:383
msgid "Maximum length"
msgstr "Maximum length"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:671 gtk/gtkentrybuffer.c:384
msgid "Maximum number of characters for this entry. Zero if no maximum"
msgstr "Maximum number of characters for this entry. Zero if no maximum"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:679
msgid "Visibility"
msgstr "Visibility"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:680
msgid ""
"FALSE displays the \"invisible char\" instead of the actual text (password "
"mode)"
msgstr ""
"FALSE displays the \"invisible char\" instead of the actual text (password "
"mode)"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:688
msgid "FALSE removes outside bevel from entry"
msgstr "FALSE removes outside bevel from entry"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:696
msgid ""
"Border between text and frame. Overrides the inner-border style property"
msgstr ""
"Border between text and frame. Overrides the inner-border style property"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:703 gtk/gtkentry.c:1269
msgid "Invisible character"
msgstr "Invisible character"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:704 gtk/gtkentry.c:1270
msgid "The character to use when masking entry contents (in \"password mode\")"
msgstr ""
"The character to use when masking entry contents (in \"password mode\")"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:711
msgid "Activates default"
msgstr "Activates default"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:712
msgid ""
"Whether to activate the default widget (such as the default button in a "
"dialog) when Enter is pressed"
msgstr ""
"Whether to activate the default widget (such as the default button in a "
"dialogue) when Enter is pressed"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:718
msgid "Width in chars"
msgstr "Width in chars"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:719
msgid "Number of characters to leave space for in the entry"
msgstr "Number of characters to leave space for in the entry"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:728
msgid "Scroll offset"
msgstr "Scroll offset"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:729
msgid "Number of pixels of the entry scrolled off the screen to the left"
msgstr "Number of pixels of the entry scrolled off the screen to the left"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:739
msgid "The contents of the entry"
msgstr "The contents of the entry"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:754 gtk/gtkmisc.c:73
msgid "X align"
msgstr "X align"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:755 gtk/gtkmisc.c:74
msgid ""
"The horizontal alignment, from 0 (left) to 1 (right). Reversed for RTL "
"layouts."
msgstr ""
"The horizontal alignment, from 0 (left) to 1 (right). Reversed for RTL "
"layouts."
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:771
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Truncate multiline"
msgstr "Truncate multiline"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:772
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Whether to truncate multiline pastes to one line."
msgstr "Whether to truncate multiline pastes to one line."
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:788
msgid "Which kind of shadow to draw around the entry when has-frame is set"
msgstr "Which kind of shadow to draw around the entry when has-frame is set"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:803 gtk/gtktextview.c:656
msgid "Overwrite mode"
msgstr "Overwrite mode"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:804
msgid "Whether new text overwrites existing text"
msgstr "Whether new text overwrites existing text"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:818 gtk/gtkentrybuffer.c:368
msgid "Text length"
msgstr "Text length"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:819
msgid "Length of the text currently in the entry"
msgstr "Length of the text currently in the entry"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:834
msgid "Invisible char set"
msgstr "Invisible character set"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:835
msgid "Whether the invisible char has been set"
msgstr "Whether the invisible character has been set"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:853
msgid "Caps Lock warning"
msgstr "Caps Lock warning"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:854
msgid "Whether password entries will show a warning when Caps Lock is on"
msgstr "Whether password entries will show a warning when Caps Lock is on"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:868
msgid "Progress Fraction"
msgstr "Progress Fraction"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:869
msgid "The current fraction of the task that's been completed"
msgstr "The current fraction of the task that's been completed"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:886
msgid "Progress Pulse Step"
msgstr "Progress Pulse Step"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:887
msgid ""
"The fraction of total entry width to move the progress bouncing block for "
"each call to gtk_entry_progress_pulse()"
msgstr ""
"The fraction of total entry width to move the progress bouncing block for "
"each call to gtk_entry_progress_pulse()"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:903
msgid "Primary pixbuf"
msgstr "Primary pixbuf"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:904
msgid "Primary pixbuf for the entry"
msgstr "Primary pixbuf for the entry"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:918
msgid "Secondary pixbuf"
msgstr "Secondary pixbuf"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:919
msgid "Secondary pixbuf for the entry"
msgstr "Secondary pixbuf for the entry"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:933
msgid "Primary stock ID"
msgstr "Primary stock ID"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:934
msgid "Stock ID for primary icon"
msgstr "Stock ID for primary icon"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:948
msgid "Secondary stock ID"
msgstr "Secondary stock ID"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:949
msgid "Stock ID for secondary icon"
msgstr "Stock ID for secondary icon"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:963
msgid "Primary icon name"
msgstr "Primary icon name"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:964
msgid "Icon name for primary icon"
msgstr "Icon name for primary icon"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:978
msgid "Secondary icon name"
msgstr "Secondary icon name"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:979
msgid "Icon name for secondary icon"
msgstr "Icon name for secondary icon"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:993
msgid "Primary GIcon"
msgstr "Primary GIcon"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:994
msgid "GIcon for primary icon"
msgstr "GIcon for primary icon"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:1008
msgid "Secondary GIcon"
msgstr "Secondary GIcon"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:1009
msgid "GIcon for secondary icon"
msgstr "GIcon for secondary icon"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:1023
msgid "Primary storage type"
msgstr "Primary storage type"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:1024
msgid "The representation being used for primary icon"
msgstr "The representation being used for primary icon"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:1039
msgid "Secondary storage type"
msgstr "Secondary storage type"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:1040
msgid "The representation being used for secondary icon"
msgstr "The representation being used for secondary icon"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:1061
msgid "Primary icon activatable"
msgstr "Primary icon activatable"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:1062
msgid "Whether the primary icon is activatable"
msgstr "Whether the primary icon is activatable"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:1082
msgid "Secondary icon activatable"
msgstr "Secondary icon activatable"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:1083
msgid "Whether the secondary icon is activatable"
msgstr "Whether the secondary icon is activatable"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:1105
msgid "Primary icon sensitive"
msgstr "Primary icon sensitive"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:1106
msgid "Whether the primary icon is sensitive"
msgstr "Whether the primary icon is sensitive"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:1127
msgid "Secondary icon sensitive"
msgstr "Secondary icon sensitive"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:1128
msgid "Whether the secondary icon is sensitive"
msgstr "Whether the secondary icon is sensitive"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:1144
msgid "Primary icon tooltip text"
msgstr "Primary icon tooltip text"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:1145 gtk/gtkentry.c:1181
msgid "The contents of the tooltip on the primary icon"
msgstr "The contents of the tooltip on the primary icon"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:1161
msgid "Secondary icon tooltip text"
msgstr "Secondary icon tooltip text"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:1162 gtk/gtkentry.c:1200
msgid "The contents of the tooltip on the secondary icon"
msgstr "The contents of the tooltip on the secondary icon"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:1180
msgid "Primary icon tooltip markup"
msgstr "Primary icon tooltip markup"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:1199
msgid "Secondary icon tooltip markup"
msgstr "Secondary icon tooltip markup"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:1219 gtk/gtktextview.c:684
msgid "IM module"
msgstr "IM module"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:1220 gtk/gtktextview.c:685
msgid "Which IM module should be used"
msgstr "Which IM module should be used"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:1234
msgid "Icon Prelight"
msgstr "Icon Prelight"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:1235
msgid "Whether activatable icons should prelight when hovered"
msgstr "Whether activatable icons should prelight when hovered"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:1248
msgid "Progress Border"
msgstr "Progress Border"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:1249
msgid "Border around the progress bar"
msgstr "Border around the progress bar"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:1741
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Border between text and frame."
msgstr "Border between text and frame."
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:1755
msgid "State Hint"
msgstr "State Hint"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:1756
msgid "Whether to pass a proper state when drawing shadow or background"
msgstr "Whether to pass a proper state when drawing shadow or background"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:1761 gtk/gtklabel.c:882
msgid "Select on focus"
msgstr "Select on focus"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:1762
msgid "Whether to select the contents of an entry when it is focused"
msgstr "Whether to select the contents of an entry when it is focused"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:1776
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Password Hint Timeout"
msgstr "Password Hint Timeout"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:1777
msgid "How long to show the last input character in hidden entries"
msgstr "How long to show the last input character in hidden entries"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentrybuffer.c:354
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
msgid "The contents of the buffer"
2009-09-12 18:27:38 +00:00
msgstr "The contents of the buffer"
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentrybuffer.c:369
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
msgid "Length of the text currently in the buffer"
2009-09-12 18:27:38 +00:00
msgstr "Length of the text currently in the buffer"
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:279
msgid "Completion Model"
msgstr "Completion Model"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:280
msgid "The model to find matches in"
msgstr "The model to find matches in"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:286
msgid "Minimum Key Length"
msgstr "Minimum Key Length"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:287
msgid "Minimum length of the search key in order to look up matches"
msgstr "Minimum length of the search key in order to look up matches"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:303 gtk/gtkiconview.c:586
msgid "Text column"
msgstr "Text column"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:304
msgid "The column of the model containing the strings."
msgstr "The column of the model containing the strings."
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:323
msgid "Inline completion"
msgstr "Inline completion"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:324
msgid "Whether the common prefix should be inserted automatically"
msgstr "Whether the common prefix should be inserted automatically"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:338
msgid "Popup completion"
msgstr "Popup completion"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:339
msgid "Whether the completions should be shown in a popup window"
msgstr "Whether the completions should be shown in a popup window"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:354
2005-04-08 01:34:42 +00:00
msgid "Popup set width"
msgstr "Popup set width"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:355
2005-04-08 01:34:42 +00:00
msgid "If TRUE, the popup window will have the same size as the entry"
msgstr "If TRUE, the popup window will have the same size as the entry"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:373
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "Popup single match"
2009-09-23 22:12:50 +00:00
msgstr "Popup single match"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:374
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "If TRUE, the popup window will appear for a single match."
2009-09-23 22:12:50 +00:00
msgstr "If TRUE, the popup window will appear for a single match."
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:388
msgid "Inline selection"
msgstr "Inline selection"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:389
msgid "Your description here"
msgstr "Your description here"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkeventbox.c:91
msgid "Visible Window"
msgstr "Visible Window"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkeventbox.c:92
msgid ""
"Whether the event box is visible, as opposed to invisible and only used to "
"trap events."
msgstr ""
"Whether the event box is visible, as opposed to invisible and only used to "
"trap events."
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkeventbox.c:98
msgid "Above child"
msgstr "Above child"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkeventbox.c:99
msgid ""
"Whether the event-trapping window of the eventbox is above the window of the "
"child widget as opposed to below it."
msgstr ""
"Whether the event-trapping window of the eventbox is above the window of the "
"child widget as opposed to below it."
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkexpander.c:187
msgid "Expanded"
msgstr "Expanded"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkexpander.c:188
msgid "Whether the expander has been opened to reveal the child widget"
msgstr "Whether the expander has been opened to reveal the child widget"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkexpander.c:196
msgid "Text of the expander's label"
msgstr "Text of the expander's label"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkexpander.c:211 gtk/gtklabel.c:542
msgid "Use markup"
msgstr "Use markup"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkexpander.c:212 gtk/gtklabel.c:543
msgid "The text of the label includes XML markup. See pango_parse_markup()"
msgstr "The text of the label includes XML markup. See pango_parse_markup()"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkexpander.c:220
msgid "Space to put between the label and the child"
msgstr "Space to put between the label and the child"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkexpander.c:229 gtk/gtkframe.c:156 gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:218
#: gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1550
msgid "Label widget"
msgstr "Label widget"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkexpander.c:230
msgid "A widget to display in place of the usual expander label"
msgstr "A widget to display in place of the usual expander label"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkexpander.c:236 gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1578 gtk/gtktreeview.c:777
msgid "Expander Size"
msgstr "Expander Size"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkexpander.c:237 gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1579 gtk/gtktreeview.c:778
msgid "Size of the expander arrow"
msgstr "Size of the expander arrow"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkexpander.c:246
msgid "Spacing around expander arrow"
msgstr "Spacing around expander arrow"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:763
msgid "Action"
msgstr "Action"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:764
msgid "The type of operation that the file selector is performing"
msgstr "The type of operation that the file selector is performing"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:770 gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:264
msgid "Filter"
msgstr "Filter"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:771
msgid "The current filter for selecting which files are displayed"
msgstr "The current filter for selecting which files are displayed"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:776
msgid "Local Only"
msgstr "Local Only"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:777
msgid "Whether the selected file(s) should be limited to local file: URLs"
msgstr "Whether the selected file(s) should be limited to local file: URLs"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:782
msgid "Preview widget"
msgstr "Preview widget"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:783
msgid "Application supplied widget for custom previews."
msgstr "Application supplied widget for custom previews."
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:788
msgid "Preview Widget Active"
msgstr "Preview Widget Active"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:789
msgid ""
"Whether the application supplied widget for custom previews should be shown."
msgstr ""
"Whether the application supplied widget for custom previews should be shown."
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:794
msgid "Use Preview Label"
msgstr "Use Preview Label"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:795
msgid "Whether to display a stock label with the name of the previewed file."
msgstr "Whether to display a stock label with the name of the previewed file."
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:800
msgid "Extra widget"
msgstr "Extra widget"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:801
msgid "Application supplied widget for extra options."
msgstr "Application supplied widget for extra options."
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:806 gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:203
msgid "Select Multiple"
msgstr "Select Multiple"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:807
msgid "Whether to allow multiple files to be selected"
msgstr "Whether to allow multiple files to be selected"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:813
msgid "Show Hidden"
msgstr "Show Hidden"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:814
msgid "Whether the hidden files and folders should be displayed"
msgstr "Whether the hidden files and folders should be displayed"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:829
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
msgid "Do overwrite confirmation"
msgstr "Do overwrite confirmation"
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:830
msgid ""
"Whether a file chooser in save mode will present an overwrite confirmation "
"dialog if necessary."
msgstr ""
"Whether a file chooser in save mode will present an overwrite confirmation "
"dialogue if necessary."
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:846
2009-08-11 19:06:02 +00:00
msgid "Allow folders creation"
2009-09-12 18:27:38 +00:00
msgstr "Allow folder creation"
2009-08-11 19:06:02 +00:00
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:847
2009-08-11 19:06:02 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether a file chooser not in open mode will offer the user to create new "
"folders."
msgstr ""
2009-09-12 18:27:38 +00:00
"Whether a file chooser not in open mode will offer the user to create new "
"folders."
2009-08-11 19:06:02 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:376
msgid "Dialog"
msgstr "Dialogue"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:377
msgid "The file chooser dialog to use."
msgstr "The file chooser dialogue to use."
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:408
msgid "The title of the file chooser dialog."
msgstr "The title of the file chooser dialogue."
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:422
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "The desired width of the button widget, in characters."
msgstr "The desired width of the button widget, in characters."
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfixed.c:90 gtk/gtklayout.c:561
msgid "X position"
msgstr "X position"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfixed.c:91 gtk/gtklayout.c:562
msgid "X position of child widget"
msgstr "X position of child widget"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfixed.c:100 gtk/gtklayout.c:571
msgid "Y position"
msgstr "Y position"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfixed.c:101 gtk/gtklayout.c:572
msgid "Y position of child widget"
msgstr "Y position of child widget"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:143
msgid "The title of the font selection dialog"
msgstr "The title of the font selection dialogue"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:158 gtk/gtkfontsel.c:196
msgid "Font name"
msgstr "Font name"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:159
msgid "The name of the selected font"
msgstr "The name of the selected font"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:160
msgid "Sans 12"
msgstr "Sans 12"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:175
msgid "Use font in label"
msgstr "Use font in label"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:176
msgid "Whether the label is drawn in the selected font"
msgstr "Whether the label is drawn in the selected font"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:191
msgid "Use size in label"
msgstr "Use size in label"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:192
msgid "Whether the label is drawn with the selected font size"
msgstr "Whether the label is drawn with the selected font size"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:208
msgid "Show style"
msgstr "Show style"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:209
msgid "Whether the selected font style is shown in the label"
msgstr "Whether the selected font style is shown in the label"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:224
msgid "Show size"
msgstr "Show size"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:225
msgid "Whether selected font size is shown in the label"
msgstr "Whether selected font size is shown in the label"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfontsel.c:197
msgid "The string that represents this font"
msgstr "The string that represents this font"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfontsel.c:204
msgid "The GdkFont that is currently selected"
msgstr "The GdkFont that is currently selected"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfontsel.c:210
msgid "Preview text"
msgstr "Preview text"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkfontsel.c:211
msgid "The text to display in order to demonstrate the selected font"
msgstr "The text to display in order to demonstrate the selected font"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkframe.c:115
msgid "Text of the frame's label"
msgstr "Text of the frame's label"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkframe.c:122
msgid "Label xalign"
msgstr "Label xalign"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkframe.c:123
msgid "The horizontal alignment of the label"
msgstr "The horizontal alignment of the label"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkframe.c:131
msgid "Label yalign"
msgstr "Label yalign"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkframe.c:132
msgid "The vertical alignment of the label"
msgstr "The vertical alignment of the label"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkframe.c:140 gtk/gtkhandlebox.c:167
msgid "Deprecated property, use shadow_type instead"
msgstr "Deprecated property, use shadow_type instead"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkframe.c:147
msgid "Frame shadow"
msgstr "Frame shadow"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkframe.c:148
msgid "Appearance of the frame border"
msgstr "Appearance of the frame border"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkframe.c:157
msgid "A widget to display in place of the usual frame label"
msgstr "A widget to display in place of the usual frame label"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkhandlebox.c:175
msgid "Appearance of the shadow that surrounds the container"
msgstr "Appearance of the shadow that surrounds the container"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkhandlebox.c:183
msgid "Handle position"
msgstr "Handle position"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkhandlebox.c:184
msgid "Position of the handle relative to the child widget"
msgstr "Position of the handle relative to the child widget"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkhandlebox.c:192
msgid "Snap edge"
msgstr "Snap edge"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkhandlebox.c:193
msgid ""
"Side of the handlebox that's lined up with the docking point to dock the "
"handlebox"
msgstr ""
"Side of the handlebox that's lined up with the docking point to dock the "
"handlebox"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkhandlebox.c:201
msgid "Snap edge set"
msgstr "Snap edge set"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkhandlebox.c:202
msgid ""
"Whether to use the value from the snap_edge property or a value derived from "
"handle_position"
msgstr ""
"Whether to use the value from the snap_edge property or a value derived from "
"handle_position"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkhandlebox.c:209
msgid "Child Detached"
msgstr "Child Detached"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkhandlebox.c:210
msgid ""
"A boolean value indicating whether the handlebox's child is attached or "
"detached."
msgstr ""
"A boolean value indicating whether the handlebox's child is attached or "
"detached."
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:549
msgid "Selection mode"
msgstr "Selection mode"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:550
msgid "The selection mode"
msgstr "The selection mode"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:568
msgid "Pixbuf column"
msgstr "Pixbuf column"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:569
msgid "Model column used to retrieve the icon pixbuf from"
msgstr "Model column used to retrieve the icon pixbuf from"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:587
msgid "Model column used to retrieve the text from"
msgstr "Model column used to retrieve the text from"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:606
msgid "Markup column"
msgstr "Markup column"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:607
msgid "Model column used to retrieve the text if using Pango markup"
msgstr "Model column used to retrieve the text if using Pango markup"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:614
msgid "Icon View Model"
msgstr "Icon View Model"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:615
msgid "The model for the icon view"
msgstr "The model for the icon view"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:631
2004-12-16 18:21:44 +00:00
msgid "Number of columns"
msgstr "Number of columns"
2004-12-16 18:21:44 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:632
2004-12-16 18:21:44 +00:00
msgid "Number of columns to display"
msgstr "Number of columns to display"
2004-12-16 18:21:44 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:649
2004-12-16 18:21:44 +00:00
msgid "Width for each item"
msgstr "Width for each item"
2004-12-16 18:21:44 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:650
2004-12-16 18:21:44 +00:00
msgid "The width used for each item"
msgstr "The width used for each item"
2004-12-16 18:21:44 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:666
2004-12-16 18:21:44 +00:00
msgid "Space which is inserted between cells of an item"
msgstr "Space which is inserted between cells of an item"
2004-12-16 18:21:44 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:681
2004-12-16 18:21:44 +00:00
msgid "Row Spacing"
msgstr "Row Spacing"
2004-12-16 18:21:44 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:682
2004-12-16 18:21:44 +00:00
msgid "Space which is inserted between grid rows"
msgstr "Space which is inserted between grid rows"
2004-12-16 18:21:44 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:697
2004-12-16 18:21:44 +00:00
msgid "Column Spacing"
msgstr "Column Spacing"
2004-12-16 18:21:44 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:698
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Space which is inserted between grid columns"
msgstr "Space which is inserted between grid columns"
2004-12-16 18:21:44 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:713
2004-12-16 18:21:44 +00:00
msgid "Margin"
msgstr "Margin"
2004-12-16 18:21:44 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:714
2004-12-16 18:21:44 +00:00
msgid "Space which is inserted at the edges of the icon view"
msgstr "Space which is inserted at the edges of the icon view"
2004-12-16 18:21:44 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:730
msgid ""
"How the text and icon of each item are positioned relative to each other"
msgstr ""
"How the text and icon of each item are positioned relative to each other"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:746 gtk/gtktreeview.c:612 gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:308
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "Reorderable"
msgstr "Reorderable"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:747 gtk/gtktreeview.c:613
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "View is reorderable"
msgstr "View is reorderable"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:754 gtk/gtktreeview.c:763
msgid "Tooltip Column"
msgstr "Tooltip Column"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:755
msgid "The column in the model containing the tooltip texts for the items"
msgstr "The column in the model containing the tooltip texts for the items"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:772
2009-08-11 19:06:02 +00:00
msgid "Item Padding"
2009-09-12 18:27:38 +00:00
msgstr "Item Padding"
2009-08-11 19:06:02 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:773
2009-08-11 19:06:02 +00:00
msgid "Padding around icon view items"
2009-09-12 18:27:38 +00:00
msgstr "Padding around icon view items"
2009-08-11 19:06:02 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:782
msgid "Selection Box Color"
msgstr "Selection Box Colour"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:783
msgid "Color of the selection box"
msgstr "Colour of the selection box"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:789
msgid "Selection Box Alpha"
msgstr "Selection Box Alpha"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:790
msgid "Opacity of the selection box"
msgstr "Opacity of the selection box"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkimage.c:227 gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:218
msgid "Pixbuf"
msgstr "Pixbuf"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkimage.c:228 gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:219
msgid "A GdkPixbuf to display"
msgstr "A GdkPixbuf to display"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkimage.c:235
msgid "Pixmap"
msgstr "Pixmap"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkimage.c:236
msgid "A GdkPixmap to display"
msgstr "A GdkPixmap to display"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkimage.c:243 gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:262
msgid "Image"
msgstr "Image"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkimage.c:244
msgid "A GdkImage to display"
msgstr "A GdkImage to display"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkimage.c:251
msgid "Mask"
msgstr "Mask"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkimage.c:252
msgid "Mask bitmap to use with GdkImage or GdkPixmap"
msgstr "Mask bitmap to use with GdkImage or GdkPixmap"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkimage.c:259 gtk/gtkrecentmanager.c:214 gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:226
msgid "Filename"
msgstr "Filename"
#: gtk/gtkimage.c:260 gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:227
msgid "Filename to load and display"
msgstr "Filename to load and display"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkimage.c:269 gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:235
msgid "Stock ID for a stock image to display"
msgstr "Stock ID for a stock image to display"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkimage.c:276
msgid "Icon set"
msgstr "Icon set"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkimage.c:277
msgid "Icon set to display"
msgstr "Icon set to display"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkimage.c:284 gtk/gtkscalebutton.c:216 gtk/gtktoolbar.c:504
#: gtk/gtktoolpalette.c:991
msgid "Icon size"
msgstr "Icon size"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkimage.c:285
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Symbolic size to use for stock icon, icon set or named icon"
msgstr "Symbolic size to use for stock icon, icon set or named icon"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkimage.c:301
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Pixel size"
msgstr "Pixel size"
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkimage.c:302
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
msgid "Pixel size to use for named icon"
msgstr "Pixel size to use for named icon"
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkimage.c:310
msgid "Animation"
msgstr "Animation"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkimage.c:311
msgid "GdkPixbufAnimation to display"
msgstr "GdkPixbufAnimation to display"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkimage.c:351 gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:266
msgid "Storage type"
msgstr "Storage type"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkimage.c:352 gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:267
msgid "The representation being used for image data"
msgstr "The representation being used for image data"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkimagemenuitem.c:136
msgid "Child widget to appear next to the menu text"
msgstr "Child widget to appear next to the menu text"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkimagemenuitem.c:151
msgid "Whether to use the label text to create a stock menu item"
msgstr "Whether to use the label text to create a stock menu item"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkimagemenuitem.c:184 gtk/gtkmenu.c:516
msgid "Accel Group"
msgstr "Accel Group"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkimagemenuitem.c:185
msgid "The Accel Group to use for stock accelerator keys"
msgstr "The Accel Group to use for stock accelerator keys"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkimagemenuitem.c:190
msgid "Show menu images"
msgstr "Show menu images"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkimagemenuitem.c:191
msgid "Whether images should be shown in menus"
msgstr "Whether images should be shown in menus"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkinfobar.c:384 gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:175
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
msgid "Message Type"
msgstr "Message Type"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkinfobar.c:385 gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:176
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
msgid "The type of message"
msgstr "The type of message"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkinfobar.c:440
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
msgid "Width of border around the content area"
2009-09-12 18:27:38 +00:00
msgstr "Width of border around the content area"
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkinfobar.c:457
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
msgid "Spacing between elements of the area"
2009-09-12 18:27:38 +00:00
msgstr "Spacing between elements of the area"
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkinfobar.c:489
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
msgid "Width of border around the action area"
2009-09-12 18:27:38 +00:00
msgstr "Width of border around the action area"
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkinvisible.c:87 gtk/gtkwindow.c:635
msgid "The screen where this window will be displayed"
msgstr "The screen where this window will be displayed"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:529
msgid "The text of the label"
msgstr "The text of the label"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:536
msgid "A list of style attributes to apply to the text of the label"
msgstr "A list of style attributes to apply to the text of the label"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:557 gtk/gtktexttag.c:359 gtk/gtktextview.c:593
msgid "Justification"
msgstr "Justification"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:558
msgid ""
"The alignment of the lines in the text of the label relative to each other. "
"This does NOT affect the alignment of the label within its allocation. See "
"GtkMisc::xalign for that"
msgstr ""
"The alignment of the lines in the text of the label relative to each other. "
"This does NOT affect the alignment of the label within its allocation. See "
"GtkMisc::xalign for that"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:566
msgid "Pattern"
msgstr "Pattern"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:567
msgid ""
"A string with _ characters in positions correspond to characters in the text "
"to underline"
msgstr ""
"A string with _ characters in positions correspond to characters in the text "
"to underline"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:574
msgid "Line wrap"
msgstr "Line wrap"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:575
msgid "If set, wrap lines if the text becomes too wide"
msgstr "If set, wrap lines if the text becomes too wide"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:590
2006-06-22 02:29:37 +00:00
msgid "Line wrap mode"
msgstr "Line wrap mode"
2006-06-22 02:29:37 +00:00
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:591
2006-06-22 02:29:37 +00:00
msgid "If wrap is set, controls how linewrapping is done"
msgstr "If wrap is set, controls how linewrapping is done"
2006-06-22 02:29:37 +00:00
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:598
msgid "Selectable"
msgstr "Selectable"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:599
msgid "Whether the label text can be selected with the mouse"
msgstr "Whether the label text can be selected with the mouse"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:605
msgid "Mnemonic key"
msgstr "Mnemonic key"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:606
msgid "The mnemonic accelerator key for this label"
msgstr "The mnemonic accelerator key for this label"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:614
msgid "Mnemonic widget"
msgstr "Mnemonic widget"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:615
msgid "The widget to be activated when the label's mnemonic key is pressed"
msgstr "The widget to be activated when the label's mnemonic key is pressed"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:661
msgid ""
"The preferred place to ellipsize the string, if the label does not have "
"enough room to display the entire string"
msgstr ""
"The preferred place to place an ellipsis in the string, if the label does "
"not have enough room to display the entire string"
2004-08-01 05:55:01 +00:00
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:702
2004-11-12 17:52:08 +00:00
msgid "Single Line Mode"
msgstr "Single Line Mode"
2004-11-12 17:52:08 +00:00
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:703
2004-11-12 17:52:08 +00:00
msgid "Whether the label is in single line mode"
msgstr "Whether the label is in single line mode"
2004-11-12 17:52:08 +00:00
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:720
msgid "Angle"
msgstr "Angle"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:721
msgid "Angle at which the label is rotated"
msgstr "Angle at which the label is rotated"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:742
2004-12-16 18:21:44 +00:00
msgid "Maximum Width In Characters"
msgstr "Maximum Width In Characters"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:743
2004-12-16 18:21:44 +00:00
msgid "The desired maximum width of the label, in characters"
msgstr "The desired maximum width of the label, in characters"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:761
2009-07-10 23:02:32 +00:00
msgid "Track visited links"
2009-09-12 18:27:38 +00:00
msgstr "Track visited links"
2009-07-10 23:02:32 +00:00
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:762
2009-07-10 23:02:32 +00:00
msgid "Whether visited links should be tracked"
2009-09-12 18:27:38 +00:00
msgstr "Whether visited links should be tracked"
2009-07-10 23:02:32 +00:00
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:883
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Whether to select the contents of a selectable label when it is focused"
msgstr ""
"Whether to select the contents of a selectable label when it is focused"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklayout.c:581 gtk/gtkviewport.c:134
msgid "Horizontal adjustment"
msgstr "Horizontal adjustment"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklayout.c:582 gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:236
msgid "The GtkAdjustment for the horizontal position"
msgstr "The GtkAdjustment for the horizontal position"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklayout.c:589 gtk/gtkviewport.c:142
msgid "Vertical adjustment"
msgstr "Vertical adjustment"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklayout.c:590 gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:243
msgid "The GtkAdjustment for the vertical position"
msgstr "The GtkAdjustment for the vertical position"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklayout.c:598
msgid "The width of the layout"
msgstr "The width of the layout"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklayout.c:607
msgid "The height of the layout"
msgstr "The height of the layout"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklinkbutton.c:145
msgid "URI"
msgstr "URI"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklinkbutton.c:146
msgid "The URI bound to this button"
msgstr "The URI bound to this button"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklinkbutton.c:160
msgid "Visited"
msgstr "Visited"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtklinkbutton.c:161
msgid "Whether this link has been visited."
msgstr "Whether this link has been visited."
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:502
msgid "The currently selected menu item"
2009-09-23 22:12:50 +00:00
msgstr "The currently selected menu item"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:517
msgid "The accel group holding accelerators for the menu"
msgstr "The accel group holding accelerators for the menu"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:531 gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:290
msgid "Accel Path"
msgstr "Accel Path"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:532
msgid "An accel path used to conveniently construct accel paths of child items"
msgstr ""
"An accel path used to conveniently construct accel paths of child items"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:548
msgid "Attach Widget"
msgstr "Attach Widget"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:549
msgid "The widget the menu is attached to"
2009-09-23 22:12:50 +00:00
msgstr "The widget the menu is attached to"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:557
msgid ""
"A title that may be displayed by the window manager when this menu is torn-"
"off"
msgstr ""
"A title that may be displayed by the window manager when this menu is torn-"
"off"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:571
msgid "Tearoff State"
msgstr "Tearoff State"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:572
msgid "A boolean that indicates whether the menu is torn-off"
msgstr "A boolean that indicates whether the menu is torn-off"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:586
msgid "Monitor"
msgstr "Monitor"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:587
msgid "The monitor the menu will be popped up on"
2009-09-23 22:12:50 +00:00
msgstr "The monitor the menu will be popped up on"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:593
msgid "Vertical Padding"
msgstr "Vertical Padding"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:594
msgid "Extra space at the top and bottom of the menu"
msgstr "Extra space at the top and bottom of the menu"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:616
2009-07-07 05:05:29 +00:00
msgid "Reserve Toggle Size"
2009-09-12 18:27:38 +00:00
msgstr "Reserve Toggle Size"
2009-07-07 05:05:29 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:617
2009-07-07 05:05:29 +00:00
msgid ""
"A boolean that indicates whether the menu reserves space for toggles and "
"icons"
2009-09-12 18:27:38 +00:00
msgstr ""
"A boolean that indicates whether the menu reserves space for toggles and "
"icons"
2009-07-07 05:05:29 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:623
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Horizontal Padding"
msgstr "Horizontal Padding"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:624
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Extra space at the left and right edges of the menu"
msgstr "Extra space at the left and right edges of the menu"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:632
msgid "Vertical Offset"
msgstr "Vertical Offset"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:633
msgid ""
"When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset "
"vertically"
msgstr ""
"When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset "
"vertically"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:641
msgid "Horizontal Offset"
msgstr "Horizontal Offset"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:642
msgid ""
"When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset "
"horizontally"
msgstr ""
"When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset "
"horizontally"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:650
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Double Arrows"
msgstr "Double Arrows"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:651
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "When scrolling, always show both arrows."
msgstr "When scrolling, always show both arrows."
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:664
msgid "Arrow Placement"
msgstr "Arrow Placement"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:665
msgid "Indicates where scroll arrows should be placed"
msgstr "Indicates where scroll arrows should be placed"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:673
msgid "Left Attach"
msgstr "Left Attach"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:674 gtk/gtktable.c:174
msgid "The column number to attach the left side of the child to"
msgstr "The column number to attach the left side of the child to"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:681
msgid "Right Attach"
msgstr "Right Attach"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:682
msgid "The column number to attach the right side of the child to"
msgstr "The column number to attach the right side of the child to"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:689
msgid "Top Attach"
msgstr "Top Attach"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:690
msgid "The row number to attach the top of the child to"
msgstr "The row number to attach the top of the child to"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:697
msgid "Bottom Attach"
msgstr "Bottom Attach"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:698 gtk/gtktable.c:195
msgid "The row number to attach the bottom of the child to"
msgstr "The row number to attach the bottom of the child to"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:712
msgid "Arbitrary constant to scale down the size of the scroll arrow"
msgstr "Arbitrary constant to scale down the size of the scroll arrow"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:799
msgid "Can change accelerators"
msgstr "Can change accelerators"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:800
msgid ""
"Whether menu accelerators can be changed by pressing a key over the menu item"
msgstr ""
"Whether menu accelerators can be changed by pressing a key over the menu item"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:805
msgid "Delay before submenus appear"
msgstr "Delay before submenus appear"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:806
msgid ""
"Minimum time the pointer must stay over a menu item before the submenu appear"
msgstr ""
"Minimum time the pointer must stay over a menu item before the submenu appear"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:813
msgid "Delay before hiding a submenu"
msgstr "Delay before hiding a submenu"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenu.c:814
msgid ""
"The time before hiding a submenu when the pointer is moving towards the "
"submenu"
msgstr ""
"The time before hiding a submenu when the pointer is moving towards the "
"submenu"
2005-04-08 01:34:42 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenubar.c:168
2005-04-08 01:34:42 +00:00
msgid "Pack direction"
msgstr "Pack direction"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenubar.c:169
2005-04-08 01:34:42 +00:00
msgid "The pack direction of the menubar"
msgstr "The pack direction of the menubar"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenubar.c:185
2005-04-08 01:34:42 +00:00
msgid "Child Pack direction"
msgstr "Child Pack direction"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenubar.c:186
2005-04-08 01:34:42 +00:00
msgid "The child pack direction of the menubar"
msgstr "The child pack direction of the menubar"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenubar.c:195
msgid "Style of bevel around the menubar"
msgstr "Style of bevel around the menubar"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenubar.c:202 gtk/gtktoolbar.c:554
msgid "Internal padding"
msgstr "Internal padding"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenubar.c:203
msgid "Amount of border space between the menubar shadow and the menu items"
msgstr "Amount of border space between the menubar shadow and the menu items"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenubar.c:210
msgid "Delay before drop down menus appear"
msgstr "Delay before drop down menus appear"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenubar.c:211
msgid "Delay before the submenus of a menu bar appear"
msgstr "Delay before the submenus of a menu bar appear"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:257
msgid "Right Justified"
msgstr "Right Justified"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:258
msgid ""
"Sets whether the menu item appears justified at the right side of a menu bar"
msgstr ""
"Sets whether the menu item appears justified at the right side of a menu bar"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:272
msgid "Submenu"
msgstr "Submenu"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:273
msgid "The submenu attached to the menu item, or NULL if it has none"
msgstr "The submenu attached to the menu item, or NULL if it has none"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:291
msgid "Sets the accelerator path of the menu item"
msgstr "Sets the accelerator path of the menu item"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:306
msgid "The text for the child label"
msgstr "The text for the child label"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:369
msgid "Amount of space used up by arrow, relative to the menu item's font size"
msgstr ""
"Amount of space used up by arrow, relative to the menu item's font size"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:382
msgid "Width in Characters"
msgstr "Width in Characters"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:383
msgid "The minimum desired width of the menu item in characters"
msgstr "The minimum desired width of the menu item in characters"
2010-03-23 14:18:29 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenushell.c:379
2005-04-08 01:34:42 +00:00
msgid "Take Focus"
msgstr "Take Focus"
2010-03-23 14:18:29 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenushell.c:380
2005-04-08 01:34:42 +00:00
msgid "A boolean that determines whether the menu grabs the keyboard focus"
msgstr "A boolean that determines whether the menu grabs the keyboard focus"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenutoolbutton.c:243
msgid "Menu"
msgstr "Menu"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmenutoolbutton.c:244
msgid "The dropdown menu"
msgstr "The dropdown menu"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:145
msgid "Image/label border"
msgstr "Image/label border"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:146
msgid "Width of border around the label and image in the message dialog"
msgstr "Width of border around the label and image in the message dialogue"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:161
msgid "Use separator"
msgstr "Use separator"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:162
msgid ""
"Whether to put a separator between the message dialog's text and the buttons"
msgstr ""
"Whether to put a separator between the message dialogue's text and the "
"buttons"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:183
msgid "Message Buttons"
msgstr "Message Buttons"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:184
msgid "The buttons shown in the message dialog"
msgstr "The buttons shown in the message dialogue"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:201
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "The primary text of the message dialog"
msgstr "The primary text of the message dialogue"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:216
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Use Markup"
msgstr "Use Markup"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:217
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "The primary text of the title includes Pango markup."
msgstr "The primary text of the title includes Pango markup."
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:231
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Secondary Text"
msgstr "Secondary Text"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:232
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "The secondary text of the message dialog"
msgstr "The secondary text of the message dialogue"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:247
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Use Markup in secondary"
msgstr "Use Markup in secondary"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:248
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "The secondary text includes Pango markup."
msgstr "The secondary text includes Pango markup."
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:263
2006-05-17 00:33:57 +00:00
msgid "The image"
msgstr "The image"
2006-05-17 00:33:57 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmisc.c:83
msgid "Y align"
msgstr "Y align"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmisc.c:84
msgid "The vertical alignment, from 0 (top) to 1 (bottom)"
msgstr "The vertical alignment, from 0 (top) to 1 (bottom)"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmisc.c:93
msgid "X pad"
msgstr "X pad"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmisc.c:94
msgid ""
"The amount of space to add on the left and right of the widget, in pixels"
msgstr ""
"The amount of space to add on the left and right of the widget, in pixels"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmisc.c:103
msgid "Y pad"
msgstr "Y pad"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmisc.c:104
msgid ""
"The amount of space to add on the top and bottom of the widget, in pixels"
msgstr ""
"The amount of space to add on the top and bottom of the widget, in pixels"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmountoperation.c:160
msgid "Parent"
msgstr "Parent"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmountoperation.c:161
msgid "The parent window"
msgstr "The parent window"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmountoperation.c:168
msgid "Is Showing"
msgstr "Is Showing"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmountoperation.c:169
msgid "Are we showing a dialog"
msgstr "Are we showing a dialogue"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkmountoperation.c:177
msgid "The screen where this window will be displayed."
msgstr "The screen where this window will be displayed."
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:571
msgid "Page"
msgstr "Page"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:572
msgid "The index of the current page"
msgstr "The index of the current page"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:580
msgid "Tab Position"
msgstr "Tab Position"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:581
msgid "Which side of the notebook holds the tabs"
msgstr "Which side of the notebook holds the tabs"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:588
msgid "Show Tabs"
msgstr "Show Tabs"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:589
msgid "Whether tabs should be shown or not"
msgstr "Whether tabs should be shown or not"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:595
msgid "Show Border"
msgstr "Show Border"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:596
msgid "Whether the border should be shown or not"
msgstr "Whether the border should be shown or not"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:602
msgid "Scrollable"
msgstr "Scrollable"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:603
msgid "If TRUE, scroll arrows are added if there are too many tabs to fit"
msgstr "If TRUE, scroll arrows are added if there are too many tabs to fit"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:609
msgid "Enable Popup"
msgstr "Enable Popup"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:610
msgid ""
"If TRUE, pressing the right mouse button on the notebook pops up a menu that "
"you can use to go to a page"
msgstr ""
"If TRUE, pressing the right mouse button on the notebook pops up a menu that "
"you can use to go to a page"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:624 gtk/gtkradioaction.c:128 gtk/gtkradiobutton.c:82
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkradiomenuitem.c:353 gtk/gtkradiotoolbutton.c:65
msgid "Group"
msgstr "Group"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:625
msgid "Group for tabs drag and drop"
msgstr "Group for tabs drag and drop"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:631
msgid "Tab label"
msgstr "Tab label"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:632
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
msgid "The string displayed on the child's tab label"
msgstr "The string displayed on the child's tab label"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:638
msgid "Menu label"
msgstr "Menu label"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:639
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
msgid "The string displayed in the child's menu entry"
msgstr "The string displayed in the child's menu entry"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:652
msgid "Tab expand"
msgstr "Tab expand"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:653
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
msgid "Whether to expand the child's tab or not"
msgstr "Whether to expand the child's tab or not"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:659
msgid "Tab fill"
msgstr "Tab fill"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:660
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
msgid "Whether the child's tab should fill the allocated area or not"
msgstr "Whether the child's tab should fill the allocated area or not"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:666
msgid "Tab pack type"
msgstr "Tab pack type"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:673
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Tab reorderable"
msgstr "Tab reorderable"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:674
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Whether the tab is reorderable by user action or not"
msgstr "Whether the tab is reorderable by user action or not"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:680
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Tab detachable"
msgstr "Tab detachable"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:681
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Whether the tab is detachable"
msgstr "Whether the tab is detachable"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:696 gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:81
msgid "Secondary backward stepper"
msgstr "Secondary backward stepper"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:697
msgid ""
"Display a second backward arrow button on the opposite end of the tab area"
msgstr ""
"Display a second backward arrow button on the opposite end of the tab area"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:712 gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:88
msgid "Secondary forward stepper"
msgstr "Secondary forward stepper"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:713
msgid ""
"Display a second forward arrow button on the opposite end of the tab area"
msgstr ""
"Display a second forward arrow button on the opposite end of the tab area"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:727 gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:67
msgid "Backward stepper"
msgstr "Backward stepper"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:728 gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:68
msgid "Display the standard backward arrow button"
msgstr "Display the standard backward arrow button"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:742 gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:74
msgid "Forward stepper"
msgstr "Forward stepper"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:743 gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:75
msgid "Display the standard forward arrow button"
msgstr "Display the standard forward arrow button"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:757
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Tab overlap"
msgstr "Tab overlap"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:758
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Size of tab overlap area"
msgstr "Size of tab overlap area"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:773
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Tab curvature"
msgstr "Tab curvature"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:774
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Size of tab curvature"
msgstr "Size of tab curvature"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:790
msgid "Arrow spacing"
msgstr "Arrow spacing"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:791
msgid "Scroll arrow spacing"
msgstr "Scroll arrow spacing"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkorientable.c:48
msgid "The orientation of the orientable"
msgstr "The orientation of the orientable"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:242
msgid ""
"Position of paned separator in pixels (0 means all the way to the left/top)"
msgstr ""
"Position of paned separator in pixels (0 means all the way to the left/top)"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:251
msgid "Position Set"
msgstr "Position Set"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:252
msgid "TRUE if the Position property should be used"
msgstr "TRUE if the Position property should be used"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:258
msgid "Handle Size"
msgstr "Handle Size"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:259
msgid "Width of handle"
msgstr "Width of handle"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:275
msgid "Minimal Position"
msgstr "Minimal Position"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:276
msgid "Smallest possible value for the \"position\" property"
msgstr "Smallest possible value for the \"position\" property"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:293
msgid "Maximal Position"
msgstr "Maximal Position"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:294
msgid "Largest possible value for the \"position\" property"
msgstr "Largest possible value for the \"position\" property"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:311
msgid "Resize"
msgstr "Resize"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:312
msgid "If TRUE, the child expands and shrinks along with the paned widget"
msgstr "If TRUE, the child expands and shrinks along with the paned widget"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:327
msgid "Shrink"
msgstr "Shrink"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:328
msgid "If TRUE, the child can be made smaller than its requisition"
msgstr "If TRUE, the child can be made smaller than its requisition"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkplug.c:171 gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:317
msgid "Embedded"
msgstr "Embedded"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkplug.c:172
msgid "Whether or not the plug is embedded"
2009-09-12 18:27:38 +00:00
msgstr "Whether the plug is embedded"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkplug.c:186
msgid "Socket Window"
msgstr "Socket Window"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkplug.c:187
msgid "The window of the socket the plug is embedded in"
2009-09-23 22:12:50 +00:00
msgstr "The window of the socket the plug is embedded in"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprinter.c:112
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Name of the printer"
msgstr "Name of the printer"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprinter.c:118
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Backend"
msgstr "Backend"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprinter.c:119
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Backend for the printer"
msgstr "Backend for the printer"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprinter.c:125
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Is Virtual"
msgstr "Is Virtual"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprinter.c:126
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "FALSE if this represents a real hardware printer"
msgstr "FALSE if this represents a real hardware printer"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprinter.c:132
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
msgid "Accepts PDF"
msgstr "Accepts PDF"
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprinter.c:133
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
msgid "TRUE if this printer can accept PDF"
msgstr "TRUE if this printer can accept PDF"
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprinter.c:139
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
msgid "Accepts PostScript"
msgstr "Accepts PostScript"
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprinter.c:140
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
msgid "TRUE if this printer can accept PostScript"
msgstr "TRUE if this printer can accept PostScript"
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprinter.c:146
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "State Message"
msgstr "State Message"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprinter.c:147
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "String giving the current state of the printer"
msgstr "String giving the current state of the printer"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprinter.c:153
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Location"
msgstr "Location"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprinter.c:154
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "The location of the printer"
msgstr "The location of the printer"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprinter.c:161
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "The icon name to use for the printer"
msgstr "The icon name to use for the printer"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprinter.c:167
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Job Count"
msgstr "Job Count"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprinter.c:168
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Number of jobs queued in the printer"
msgstr "Number of jobs queued in the printer"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprinter.c:186
msgid "Paused Printer"
msgstr "Paused Printer"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprinter.c:187
msgid "TRUE if this printer is paused"
msgstr "TRUE if this printer is paused"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprinter.c:200
msgid "Accepting Jobs"
msgstr "Accepting Jobs"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprinter.c:201
msgid "TRUE if this printer is accepting new jobs"
msgstr "TRUE if this printer is accepting new jobs"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprinteroptionwidget.c:123
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Source option"
msgstr "Source option"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprinteroptionwidget.c:124
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "The PrinterOption backing this widget"
msgstr "The PrinterOption backing this widget"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprintjob.c:117
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Title of the print job"
msgstr "Title of the print job"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprintjob.c:125
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Printer"
msgstr "Printer"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprintjob.c:126
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Printer to print the job to"
msgstr "Printer to print the job to"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprintjob.c:134
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Settings"
msgstr "Settings"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprintjob.c:135
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Printer settings"
msgstr "Printer settings"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprintjob.c:143 gtk/gtkprintjob.c:144 gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:302
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Page Setup"
msgstr "Page Setup"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprintjob.c:152 gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1125
2006-06-22 02:29:37 +00:00
msgid "Track Print Status"
msgstr "Track Print Status"
2006-06-22 02:29:37 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprintjob.c:153
msgid ""
"TRUE if the print job will continue to emit status-changed signals after the "
"print data has been sent to the printer or print server."
msgstr ""
"TRUE if the print job will continue to emit status-changed signals after the "
"print data has been sent to the printer or print server."
2006-06-22 02:29:37 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:997
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Default Page Setup"
msgstr "Default Page Setup"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:998
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "The GtkPageSetup used by default"
msgstr "The GtkPageSetup used by default"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1016 gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:320
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Print Settings"
msgstr "Print Settings"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1017 gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:321
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "The GtkPrintSettings used for initializing the dialog"
msgstr "The GtkPrintSettings used for initialising the dialogue"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1035
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Job Name"
msgstr "Job Name"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1036
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "A string used for identifying the print job."
msgstr "A string used for identifying the print job."
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1060
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Number of Pages"
msgstr "Number of Pages"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1061
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "The number of pages in the document."
msgstr "The number of pages in the document."
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1082 gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:310
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Current Page"
msgstr "Current Page"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1083 gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:311
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
msgid "The current page in the document"
msgstr "The current page in the document"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1104
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Use full page"
msgstr "Use full page"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1105
msgid ""
"TRUE if the origin of the context should be at the corner of the page and "
"not the corner of the imageable area"
msgstr ""
"TRUE if the origin of the context should be at the corner of the page and "
"not the corner of the imageable area"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1126
msgid ""
"TRUE if the print operation will continue to report on the print job status "
"after the print data has been sent to the printer or print server."
msgstr ""
"TRUE if the print operation will continue to report on the print job status "
"after the print data has been sent to the printer or print server."
2006-05-17 00:33:57 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1143
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Unit"
msgstr "Unit"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1144
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "The unit in which distances can be measured in the context"
msgstr "The unit in which distances can be measured in the context"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1161
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Show Dialog"
msgstr "Show Dialogue"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1162
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
msgid "TRUE if a progress dialog is shown while printing."
msgstr "TRUE if a progress dialogue is shown while printing."
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1185
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
msgid "Allow Async"
msgstr "Allow Async"
2006-06-05 19:33:40 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1186
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
msgid "TRUE if print process may run asynchronous."
msgstr "TRUE if print process may run asynchronous."
2006-06-05 19:33:40 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1208 gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1209
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
msgid "Export filename"
msgstr "Export filename"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1223
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Status"
msgstr "Status"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1224
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "The status of the print operation"
msgstr "The status of the print operation"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1244
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Status String"
msgstr "Status String"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1245
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "A human-readable description of the status"
msgstr "A human-readable description of the status"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1263
2006-06-05 19:33:40 +00:00
msgid "Custom tab label"
msgstr "Custom tab label"
2006-06-05 19:33:40 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1264
2006-06-05 19:33:40 +00:00
msgid "Label for the tab containing custom widgets."
msgstr "Label for the tab containing custom widgets."
2006-06-05 19:33:40 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1279 gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:345
2009-06-16 01:45:40 +00:00
msgid "Support Selection"
2009-09-12 18:27:38 +00:00
msgstr "Support Selection"
2009-06-16 01:45:40 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1280
2009-06-16 01:45:40 +00:00
msgid "TRUE if the print operation will support print of selection."
2009-09-12 18:27:38 +00:00
msgstr "TRUE if the print operation will support print of selection."
2009-06-16 01:45:40 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1296 gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:353
2009-06-16 01:45:40 +00:00
msgid "Has Selection"
2009-09-12 18:27:38 +00:00
msgstr "Has Selection"
2009-06-16 01:45:40 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1297
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#, fuzzy
msgid "TRUE if a selection exists."
2009-09-12 18:27:38 +00:00
msgstr "TRUE if a selecion exists."
2009-06-16 01:45:40 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1312 gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:361
2009-07-10 23:02:32 +00:00
msgid "Embed Page Setup"
2009-09-12 18:27:38 +00:00
msgstr "Embed Page Setup"
2009-07-10 23:02:32 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1313
2009-07-10 23:02:32 +00:00
msgid "TRUE if page setup combos are embedded in GtkPrintDialog"
2009-09-12 18:27:38 +00:00
msgstr "TRUE if page setup combos are embedded in GtkPrintDialog"
2009-07-10 23:02:32 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1334
2009-08-11 19:06:02 +00:00
msgid "Number of Pages To Print"
2009-09-12 18:27:38 +00:00
msgstr "Number of Pages To Print"
2009-08-11 19:06:02 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1335
2009-08-11 19:06:02 +00:00
msgid "The number of pages that will be printed."
2009-09-12 18:27:38 +00:00
msgstr "The number of pages that will be printed."
2009-08-11 19:06:02 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:303
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "The GtkPageSetup to use"
msgstr "The GtkPageSetup to use"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:328
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Selected Printer"
msgstr "Selected Printer"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:329
2006-05-17 00:33:57 +00:00
msgid "The GtkPrinter which is selected"
msgstr "The GtkPrinter which is selected"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:336
2009-06-16 01:45:40 +00:00
msgid "Manual Capabilites"
2009-09-12 18:27:38 +00:00
msgstr "Manual Capabilities"
2009-06-16 01:45:40 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:337
2009-06-16 01:45:40 +00:00
msgid "Capabilities the application can handle"
2009-09-12 18:27:38 +00:00
msgstr "Capabilities the application can handle"
2009-06-16 01:45:40 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:346
2009-06-16 01:45:40 +00:00
msgid "Whether the dialog supports selection"
2009-09-12 18:27:38 +00:00
msgstr "Whether the dialogue supports selection"
2009-06-16 01:45:40 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:354
2009-06-16 01:45:40 +00:00
msgid "Whether the application has a selection"
2009-09-12 18:27:38 +00:00
msgstr "Whether the application has a selection"
2009-06-16 01:45:40 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:362
2009-07-10 23:02:32 +00:00
msgid "TRUE if page setup combos are embedded in GtkPrintUnixDialog"
2009-09-12 18:27:38 +00:00
msgstr "TRUE if page setup combos are embedded in GtkPrintUnixDialog"
2009-07-10 23:02:32 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogress.c:102
msgid "Activity mode"
msgstr "Activity mode"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogress.c:103
msgid ""
"If TRUE, the GtkProgress is in activity mode, meaning that it signals "
"something is happening, but not how much of the activity is finished. This "
"is used when you're doing something but don't know how long it will take."
msgstr ""
"If TRUE, the GtkProgress is in activity mode, meaning that it signals "
"something is happening, but not how much of the activity is finished. This "
"is used when you're doing something but don't know how long it will take."
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogress.c:111
msgid "Show text"
msgstr "Show text"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogress.c:112
msgid "Whether the progress is shown as text."
msgstr "Whether the progress is shown as text."
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:121
msgid "Fraction"
msgstr "Fraction"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:122
msgid "The fraction of total work that has been completed"
msgstr "The fraction of total work that has been completed"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:129
msgid "Pulse Step"
msgstr "Pulse Step"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:130
msgid "The fraction of total progress to move the bouncing block when pulsed"
msgstr "The fraction of total progress to move the bouncing block when pulsed"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:138
msgid "Text to be displayed in the progress bar"
msgstr "Text to be displayed in the progress bar"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:160
msgid ""
"The preferred place to ellipsize the string, if the progress bar does not "
"have enough room to display the entire string, if at all."
msgstr ""
"The preferred place to place an ellipsis in the string, if the progress bar "
"does not have enough room to display the entire string, if at all."
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:167
msgid "XSpacing"
msgstr "XSpacing"
2004-11-12 17:52:08 +00:00
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:168
msgid "Extra spacing applied to the width of a progress bar."
msgstr "Extra spacing applied to the width of a progress bar."
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:173
msgid "YSpacing"
msgstr "YSpacing"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:174
msgid "Extra spacing applied to the height of a progress bar."
msgstr "Extra spacing applied to the height of a progress bar."
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:187
msgid "Min horizontal bar width"
msgstr "Minimum horizontal bar width"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:188
msgid "The minimum horizontal width of the progress bar"
msgstr "The minimum horizontal width of the progress bar"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:200
msgid "Min horizontal bar height"
msgstr "Minimum horizontal bar height"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:201
msgid "Minimum horizontal height of the progress bar"
msgstr "Minimum horizontal height of the progress bar"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:213
msgid "Min vertical bar width"
msgstr "Minimum vertical bar width"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:214
msgid "The minimum vertical width of the progress bar"
msgstr "The minimum vertical width of the progress bar"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:226
msgid "Min vertical bar height"
msgstr "Minimum vertical bar height"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:227
msgid "The minimum vertical height of the progress bar"
msgstr "The minimum vertical height of the progress bar"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkradioaction.c:111
msgid "The value"
msgstr "The value"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkradioaction.c:112
msgid ""
"The value returned by gtk_radio_action_get_current_value() when this action "
"is the current action of its group."
msgstr ""
"The value returned by gtk_radio_action_get_current_value() when this action "
"is the current action of its group."
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkradioaction.c:129
2004-08-01 05:55:01 +00:00
msgid "The radio action whose group this action belongs to."
msgstr "The radio action whose group this action belongs to."
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkradioaction.c:144
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "The current value"
msgstr "The current value"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkradioaction.c:145
msgid ""
"The value property of the currently active member of the group to which this "
"action belongs."
msgstr ""
"The value property of the currently active member of the group to which this "
"action belongs."
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkradiobutton.c:83
2004-08-01 05:55:01 +00:00
msgid "The radio button whose group this widget belongs to."
msgstr "The radio button whose group this widget belongs to."
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkradiomenuitem.c:354
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "The radio menu item whose group this widget belongs to."
msgstr "The radio menu item whose group this widget belongs to."
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkradiotoolbutton.c:66
msgid "The radio tool button whose group this button belongs to."
msgstr "The radio tool button whose group this button belongs to."
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:358
msgid "Update policy"
msgstr "Update policy"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:359
msgid "How the range should be updated on the screen"
msgstr "How the range should be updated on the screen"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:368
msgid "The GtkAdjustment that contains the current value of this range object"
msgstr "The GtkAdjustment that contains the current value of this range object"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:375
msgid "Inverted"
msgstr "Inverted"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:376
msgid "Invert direction slider moves to increase range value"
msgstr "Invert direction slider moves to increase range value"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:383
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Lower stepper sensitivity"
msgstr "Lower stepper sensitivity"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:384
msgid ""
"The sensitivity policy for the stepper that points to the adjustment's lower "
"side"
msgstr ""
"The sensitivity policy for the stepper that points to the adjustment's lower "
"side"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:392
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Upper stepper sensitivity"
msgstr "Upper stepper sensitivity"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:393
msgid ""
"The sensitivity policy for the stepper that points to the adjustment's upper "
"side"
msgstr ""
"The sensitivity policy for the stepper that points to the adjustment's upper "
"side"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:410
msgid "Show Fill Level"
msgstr "Show Fill Level"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:411
msgid "Whether to display a fill level indicator graphics on trough."
msgstr "Whether to display a fill level indicator graphics on trough."
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:427
msgid "Restrict to Fill Level"
msgstr "Restrict to Fill Level"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:428
msgid "Whether to restrict the upper boundary to the fill level."
msgstr "Whether to restrict the upper boundary to the fill level."
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:443
msgid "Fill Level"
msgstr "Fill Level"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:444
msgid "The fill level."
msgstr "The fill level."
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:452
msgid "Slider Width"
msgstr "Slider Width"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:453
msgid "Width of scrollbar or scale thumb"
msgstr "Width of scrollbar or scale thumb"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:460
msgid "Trough Border"
msgstr "Trough Border"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:461
msgid "Spacing between thumb/steppers and outer trough bevel"
msgstr "Spacing between thumb/steppers and outer trough bevel"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:468
msgid "Stepper Size"
msgstr "Stepper Size"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:469
msgid "Length of step buttons at ends"
msgstr "Length of step buttons at ends"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:484
msgid "Stepper Spacing"
msgstr "Stepper Spacing"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:485
msgid "Spacing between step buttons and thumb"
msgstr "Spacing between step buttons and thumb"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:492
msgid "Arrow X Displacement"
msgstr "Arrow X Displacement"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:493
msgid ""
"How far in the x direction to move the arrow when the button is depressed"
msgstr ""
"How far in the x direction to move the arrow when the button is depressed"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:500
msgid "Arrow Y Displacement"
msgstr "Arrow Y Displacement"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:501
msgid ""
"How far in the y direction to move the arrow when the button is depressed"
msgstr ""
"How far in the y direction to move the arrow when the button is depressed"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:509
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Draw slider ACTIVE during drag"
msgstr "Draw slider ACTIVE during drag"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:510
msgid ""
"With this option set to TRUE, sliders will be drawn ACTIVE and with shadow "
"IN while they are dragged"
msgstr ""
"With this option set to TRUE, sliders will be drawn ACTIVE and with shadow "
"IN while they are dragged"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:524
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
msgid "Trough Side Details"
msgstr "Trough Side Details"
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:525
msgid ""
"When TRUE, the parts of the trough on the two sides of the slider are drawn "
"with different details"
msgstr ""
"When TRUE, the parts of the trough on the two sides of the slider are drawn "
"with different details"
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:541
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
msgid "Trough Under Steppers"
msgstr "Trough Under Steppers"
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:542
msgid ""
"Whether to draw trough for full length of range or exclude the steppers and "
"spacing"
msgstr ""
"Whether to draw trough for full length of range or exclude the steppers and "
"spacing"
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:555
msgid "Arrow scaling"
msgstr "Arrow scaling"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:556
msgid "Arrow scaling with regard to scroll button size"
msgstr "Arrow scaling with regard to scroll button size"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrecentaction.c:616 gtk/gtkrecentchoosermenu.c:227
msgid "Show Numbers"
msgstr "Show Numbers"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrecentaction.c:617 gtk/gtkrecentchoosermenu.c:228
msgid "Whether the items should be displayed with a number"
msgstr "Whether the items should be displayed with a number"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:132
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Recent Manager"
msgstr "Recent Manager"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:133
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "The RecentManager object to use"
msgstr "The RecentManager object to use"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:147
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Show Private"
msgstr "Show Private"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:148
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Whether the private items should be displayed"
msgstr "Whether the private items should be displayed"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:161
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Show Tooltips"
msgstr "Show Tooltips"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:162
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Whether there should be a tooltip on the item"
msgstr "Whether there should be a tooltip on the item"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:174
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Show Icons"
msgstr "Show Icons"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:175
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Whether there should be an icon near the item"
msgstr "Whether there should be an icon near the item"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:190
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Show Not Found"
msgstr "Show Not Found"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:191
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Whether the items pointing to unavailable resources should be displayed"
msgstr ""
"Whether the items pointing to unavailable resources should be displayed"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:204
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Whether to allow multiple items to be selected"
msgstr "Whether to allow multiple items to be selected"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:217
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Local only"
msgstr "Local only"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:218
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Whether the selected resource(s) should be limited to local file: URIs"
msgstr "Whether the selected resource(s) should be limited to local file: URIs"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:234 gtk/gtkrecentmanager.c:229
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Limit"
msgstr "Limit"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:235
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "The maximum number of items to be displayed"
msgstr "The maximum number of items to be displayed"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:249
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Sort Type"
msgstr "Sort Type"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:250
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "The sorting order of the items displayed"
msgstr "The sorting order of the items displayed"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:265
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "The current filter for selecting which resources are displayed"
msgstr "The current filter for selecting which resources are displayed"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrecentmanager.c:215
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "The full path to the file to be used to store and read the list"
msgstr "The full path to the file to be used to store and read the list"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrecentmanager.c:230
msgid ""
"The maximum number of items to be returned by gtk_recent_manager_get_items()"
msgstr ""
"The maximum number of items to be returned by gtk_recent_manager_get_items()"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkrecentmanager.c:246
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "The size of the recently used resources list"
msgstr "The size of the recently used resources list"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkruler.c:128
msgid "Lower"
msgstr "Lower"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkruler.c:129
msgid "Lower limit of ruler"
msgstr "Lower limit of ruler"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkruler.c:138
msgid "Upper"
msgstr "Upper"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkruler.c:139
msgid "Upper limit of ruler"
msgstr "Upper limit of ruler"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkruler.c:149
msgid "Position of mark on the ruler"
msgstr "Position of mark on the ruler"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkruler.c:158
msgid "Max Size"
msgstr "Max Size"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkruler.c:159
msgid "Maximum size of the ruler"
msgstr "Maximum size of the ruler"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkruler.c:174
2005-04-08 01:34:42 +00:00
msgid "Metric"
msgstr "Metric"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkruler.c:175
2005-04-08 01:34:42 +00:00
msgid "The metric used for the ruler"
msgstr "The metric used for the ruler"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscale.c:219
msgid "The number of decimal places that are displayed in the value"
msgstr "The number of decimal places that are displayed in the value"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscale.c:228
msgid "Draw Value"
msgstr "Draw Value"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscale.c:229
msgid "Whether the current value is displayed as a string next to the slider"
msgstr "Whether the current value is displayed as a string next to the slider"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscale.c:236
msgid "Value Position"
msgstr "Value Position"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscale.c:237
msgid "The position in which the current value is displayed"
msgstr "The position in which the current value is displayed"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscale.c:244
msgid "Slider Length"
msgstr "Slider Length"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscale.c:245
msgid "Length of scale's slider"
msgstr "Length of scale's slider"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscale.c:253
msgid "Value spacing"
msgstr "Value spacing"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscale.c:254
msgid "Space between value text and the slider/trough area"
msgstr "Space between value text and the slider/trough area"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscalebutton.c:207
msgid "The value of the scale"
msgstr "The value of the scale"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscalebutton.c:217
msgid "The icon size"
msgstr "The icon size"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscalebutton.c:226
msgid ""
"The GtkAdjustment that contains the current value of this scale button object"
msgstr ""
"The GtkAdjustment that contains the current value of this scale button object"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscalebutton.c:254
msgid "Icons"
msgstr "Icons"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscalebutton.c:255
msgid "List of icon names"
msgstr "List of icon names"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:51
msgid "Minimum Slider Length"
msgstr "Minimum Slider Length"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:52
msgid "Minimum length of scrollbar slider"
msgstr "Minimum length of scrollbar slider"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:60
msgid "Fixed slider size"
msgstr "Fixed slider size"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:61
msgid "Don't change slider size, just lock it to the minimum length"
msgstr "Don't change slider size, just lock it to the minimum length"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:82
msgid ""
"Display a second backward arrow button on the opposite end of the scrollbar"
msgstr ""
"Display a second backward arrow button on the opposite end of the scrollbar"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:89
msgid ""
"Display a second forward arrow button on the opposite end of the scrollbar"
msgstr ""
"Display a second forward arrow button on the opposite end of the scrollbar"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:235 gtk/gtktreeview.c:572
msgid "Horizontal Adjustment"
msgstr "Horizontal Adjustment"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:242 gtk/gtktreeview.c:580
msgid "Vertical Adjustment"
msgstr "Vertical Adjustment"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:249
msgid "Horizontal Scrollbar Policy"
msgstr "Horizontal Scrollbar Policy"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:250
msgid "When the horizontal scrollbar is displayed"
msgstr "When the horizontal scrollbar is displayed"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:257
msgid "Vertical Scrollbar Policy"
msgstr "Vertical Scrollbar Policy"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:258
msgid "When the vertical scrollbar is displayed"
msgstr "When the vertical scrollbar is displayed"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:266
msgid "Window Placement"
msgstr "Window Placement"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:267
msgid ""
"Where the contents are located with respect to the scrollbars. This property "
"only takes effect if \"window-placement-set\" is TRUE."
msgstr ""
"Where the contents are located with respect to the scrollbars. This property "
"only takes effect if \"window-placement-set\" is TRUE."
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:284
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Window Placement Set"
msgstr "Window Placement Set"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:285
msgid ""
"Whether \"window-placement\" should be used to determine the location of the "
"contents with respect to the scrollbars."
msgstr ""
"Whether \"window-placement\" should be used to determine the location of the "
"contents with respect to the scrollbars."
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:291
msgid "Shadow Type"
msgstr "Shadow Type"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:292
msgid "Style of bevel around the contents"
msgstr "Style of bevel around the contents"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:306
msgid "Scrollbars within bevel"
msgstr "Scrollbars within bevel"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:307
msgid "Place scrollbars within the scrolled window's bevel"
msgstr "Place scrollbars within the scrolled window's bevel"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:313
msgid "Scrollbar spacing"
msgstr "Scrollbar spacing"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:314
msgid "Number of pixels between the scrollbars and the scrolled window"
msgstr "Number of pixels between the scrollbars and the scrolled window"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:329
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Scrolled Window Placement"
msgstr "Scrolled Window Placement"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:330
msgid ""
"Where the contents of scrolled windows are located with respect to the "
"scrollbars, if not overridden by the scrolled window's own placement."
msgstr ""
"Where the contents of scrolled windows are located with respect to the "
"scrollbars, if not overridden by the scrolled window's own placement."
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkseparatortoolitem.c:105
msgid "Draw"
msgstr "Draw"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkseparatortoolitem.c:106
msgid "Whether the separator is drawn, or just blank"
msgstr "Whether the separator is drawn, or just blank"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:225
msgid "Double Click Time"
msgstr "Double Click Time"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:226
msgid ""
"Maximum time allowed between two clicks for them to be considered a double "
"click (in milliseconds)"
msgstr ""
"Maximum time allowed between two clicks for them to be considered a double "
"click (in milliseconds)"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:233
msgid "Double Click Distance"
msgstr "Double Click Distance"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:234
msgid ""
"Maximum distance allowed between two clicks for them to be considered a "
"double click (in pixels)"
msgstr ""
"Maximum distance allowed between two clicks for them to be considered a "
"double click (in pixels)"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:250
msgid "Cursor Blink"
msgstr "Cursor Blink"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:251
msgid "Whether the cursor should blink"
msgstr "Whether the cursor should blink"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:258
msgid "Cursor Blink Time"
msgstr "Cursor Blink Time"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:259
msgid "Length of the cursor blink cycle, in milliseconds"
msgstr "Length of the cursor blink cycle, in milliseconds"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:278
msgid "Cursor Blink Timeout"
msgstr "Cursor Blink Timeout"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:279
msgid "Time after which the cursor stops blinking, in seconds"
msgstr "Time after which the cursor stops blinking, in seconds"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:286
msgid "Split Cursor"
msgstr "Split Cursor"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:287
msgid ""
"Whether two cursors should be displayed for mixed left-to-right and right-to-"
"left text"
msgstr ""
"Whether two cursors should be displayed for mixed left-to-right and right-to-"
"left text"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:294
msgid "Theme Name"
msgstr "Theme Name"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:295
msgid "Name of theme RC file to load"
msgstr "Name of theme RC file to load"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:303
msgid "Icon Theme Name"
msgstr "Icon Theme Name"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:304
msgid "Name of icon theme to use"
msgstr "Name of icon theme to use"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:312
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Fallback Icon Theme Name"
msgstr "Fallback Icon Theme Name"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:313
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Name of a icon theme to fall back to"
msgstr "Name of a icon theme to fall back to"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:321
msgid "Key Theme Name"
msgstr "Key Theme Name"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:322
msgid "Name of key theme RC file to load"
msgstr "Name of key theme RC file to load"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:330
msgid "Menu bar accelerator"
msgstr "Menu bar accelerator"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:331
msgid "Keybinding to activate the menu bar"
msgstr "Keybinding to activate the menu bar"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:339
msgid "Drag threshold"
msgstr "Drag threshold"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:340
msgid "Number of pixels the cursor can move before dragging"
msgstr "Number of pixels the cursor can move before dragging"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:348
msgid "Font Name"
msgstr "Font Name"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:349
msgid "Name of default font to use"
msgstr "Name of default font to use"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:371
msgid "Icon Sizes"
msgstr "Icon Sizes"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:372
2005-07-08 18:52:47 +00:00
msgid "List of icon sizes (gtk-menu=16,16:gtk-button=20,20..."
msgstr "List of icon sizes (gtk-menu=16,16:gtk-button=20,20..."
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:380
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
msgid "GTK Modules"
msgstr "GTK Modules"
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:381
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
msgid "List of currently active GTK modules"
msgstr "List of currently active GTK modules"
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:390
msgid "Xft Antialias"
msgstr "Xft Antialias"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:391
msgid "Whether to antialias Xft fonts; 0=no, 1=yes, -1=default"
msgstr "Whether to antialias Xft fonts; 0=no, 1=yes, -1=default"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:400
msgid "Xft Hinting"
msgstr "Xft Hinting"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:401
msgid "Whether to hint Xft fonts; 0=no, 1=yes, -1=default"
msgstr "Whether to hint Xft fonts; 0=no, 1=yes, -1=default"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:410
msgid "Xft Hint Style"
msgstr "Xft Hint Style"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:411
msgid ""
"What degree of hinting to use; hintnone, hintslight, hintmedium, or hintfull"
msgstr ""
"What degree of hinting to use; hintnone, hintslight, hintmedium, or hintfull"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:420
msgid "Xft RGBA"
msgstr "Xft RGBA"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:421
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Type of subpixel antialiasing; none, rgb, bgr, vrgb, vbgr"
msgstr "Type of subpixel antialiasing; none, rgb, bgr, vrgb, vbgr"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:430
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Xft DPI"
msgstr "Xft DPI"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:431
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Resolution for Xft, in 1024 * dots/inch. -1 to use default value"
msgstr "Resolution for Xft, in 1024 * dots/inch. -1 to use default value"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:440
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Cursor theme name"
msgstr "Cursor theme name"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:441
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Name of the cursor theme to use, or NULL to use the default theme"
msgstr "Name of the cursor theme to use, or NULL to use the default theme"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:449
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Cursor theme size"
msgstr "Cursor theme size"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:450
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Size to use for cursors, or 0 to use the default size"
msgstr "Size to use for cursors, or 0 to use the default size"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:460
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Alternative button order"
msgstr "Alternative button order"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:461
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Whether buttons in dialogs should use the alternative button order"
msgstr "Whether buttons in dialogues should use the alternative button order"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:478
msgid "Alternative sort indicator direction"
msgstr "Alternative sort indicator direction"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:479
msgid ""
"Whether the direction of the sort indicators in list and tree views is "
"inverted compared to the default (where down means ascending)"
msgstr ""
"Whether the direction of the sort indicators in list and tree views is "
"inverted compared to the default (where down means ascending)"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:487
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Show the 'Input Methods' menu"
msgstr "Show the 'Input Methods' menu"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:488
msgid ""
"Whether the context menus of entries and text views should offer to change "
"the input method"
msgstr ""
"Whether the context menus of entries and text views should offer to change "
"the input method"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:496
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Show the 'Insert Unicode Control Character' menu"
msgstr "Show the 'Insert Unicode Control Character' menu"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:497
msgid ""
"Whether the context menus of entries and text views should offer to insert "
"control characters"
msgstr ""
"Whether the context menus of entries and text views should offer to insert "
"control characters"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:505
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Start timeout"
msgstr "Start timeout"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:506
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Starting value for timeouts, when button is pressed"
msgstr "Starting value for timeouts, when button is pressed"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:515
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Repeat timeout"
msgstr "Repeat timeout"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:516
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Repeat value for timeouts, when button is pressed"
msgstr "Repeat value for timeouts, when button is pressed"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:525
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Expand timeout"
msgstr "Expand timeout"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:526
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Expand value for timeouts, when a widget is expanding a new region"
msgstr "Expand value for timeouts, when a widget is expanding a new region"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:561
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Color scheme"
msgstr "Colour scheme"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:562
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "A palette of named colors for use in themes"
msgstr "A palette of named colours for use in themes"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:571
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Enable Animations"
msgstr "Enable Animations"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:572
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Whether to enable toolkit-wide animations."
msgstr "Whether to enable toolkit-wide animations."
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:590
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Enable Touchscreen Mode"
msgstr "Enable Touchscreen Mode"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:591
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "When TRUE, there are no motion notify events delivered on this screen"
msgstr "When TRUE, there are no motion notify events delivered on this screen"
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:608
msgid "Tooltip timeout"
msgstr "Tooltip timeout"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:609
msgid "Timeout before tooltip is shown"
msgstr "Timeout before tooltip is shown"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:634
msgid "Tooltip browse timeout"
msgstr "Tooltip browse timeout"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:635
msgid "Timeout before tooltip is shown when browse mode is enabled"
msgstr "Timeout before tooltip is shown when browse mode is enabled"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:656
msgid "Tooltip browse mode timeout"
msgstr "Tooltip browse mode timeout"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:657
msgid "Timeout after which browse mode is disabled"
msgstr "Timeout after which browse mode is disabled"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:676
msgid "Keynav Cursor Only"
msgstr "Keynav Cursor Only"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:677
msgid "When TRUE, there are only cursor keys available to navigate widgets"
msgstr "When TRUE, there are only cursor keys available to navigate widgets"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:694
msgid "Keynav Wrap Around"
msgstr "Keynav Wrap Around"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:695
msgid "Whether to wrap around when keyboard-navigating widgets"
msgstr "Whether to wrap around when keyboard-navigating widgets"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:715
msgid "Error Bell"
msgstr "Error Bell"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:716
msgid "When TRUE, keyboard navigation and other errors will cause a beep"
msgstr "When TRUE, keyboard navigation and other errors will cause a beep"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:733
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Color Hash"
msgstr "Colour Hash"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:734
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "A hash table representation of the color scheme."
msgstr "A hash table representation of the colour scheme."
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:742
msgid "Default file chooser backend"
msgstr "Default file chooser backend"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:743
msgid "Name of the GtkFileChooser backend to use by default"
msgstr "Name of the GtkFileChooser backend to use by default"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:760
msgid "Default print backend"
msgstr "Default print backend"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:761
msgid "List of the GtkPrintBackend backends to use by default"
msgstr "List of the GtkPrintBackend backends to use by default"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:784
msgid "Default command to run when displaying a print preview"
msgstr "Default command to run when displaying a print preview"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:785
msgid "Command to run when displaying a print preview"
msgstr "Command to run when displaying a print preview"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:801
msgid "Enable Mnemonics"
msgstr "Enable Mnemonics"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:802
msgid "Whether labels should have mnemonics"
msgstr "Whether labels should have mnemonics"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:818
msgid "Enable Accelerators"
msgstr "Enable Accelerators"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:819
msgid "Whether menu items should have accelerators"
msgstr "Whether menu items should have accelerators"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:836
msgid "Recent Files Limit"
msgstr "Recent Files Limit"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:837
msgid "Number of recently used files"
msgstr "Number of recently used files"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:855
msgid "Default IM module"
msgstr "Default IM module"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:856
msgid "Which IM module should be used by default"
msgstr "Which IM module should be used by default"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:874
msgid "Recent Files Max Age"
msgstr "Recent Files Max Age"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:875
msgid "Maximum age of recently used files, in days"
msgstr "Maximum age of recently used files, in days"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:884
msgid "Fontconfig configuration timestamp"
msgstr "Fontconfig configuration timestamp"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:885
msgid "Timestamp of current fontconfig configuration"
msgstr "Timestamp of current fontconfig configuration"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:907
msgid "Sound Theme Name"
msgstr "Sound Theme Name"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:908
msgid "XDG sound theme name"
msgstr "XDG sound theme name"
#. Translators: this means sounds that are played as feedback to user input
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:930
msgid "Audible Input Feedback"
msgstr "Audible Input Feedback"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:931
msgid "Whether to play event sounds as feedback to user input"
msgstr "Whether to play event sounds as feedback to user input"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:952
msgid "Enable Event Sounds"
msgstr "Enable Event Sounds"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:953
msgid "Whether to play any event sounds at all"
msgstr "Whether to play any event sounds at all"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:968
msgid "Enable Tooltips"
msgstr "Enable Tooltips"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:969
msgid "Whether tooltips should be shown on widgets"
msgstr "Whether tooltips should be shown on widgets"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:982
2009-11-30 22:23:48 +00:00
msgid "Toolbar style"
msgstr "Toolbar style"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:983
2009-11-30 22:23:48 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether default toolbars have text only, text and icons, icons only, etc."
msgstr ""
"Whether default toolbars have text only, text and icons, icons only, etc."
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:997
2009-11-30 22:23:48 +00:00
msgid "Toolbar Icon Size"
2010-02-24 16:40:46 +00:00
msgstr "Toolbar Icon Size"
2009-11-30 22:23:48 +00:00
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:998
2009-11-30 22:23:48 +00:00
msgid "The size of icons in default toolbars."
2010-02-24 16:40:46 +00:00
msgstr "The size of icons in default toolbars."
2009-11-30 22:23:48 +00:00
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:1015
2009-12-22 03:24:59 +00:00
msgid "Auto Mnemonics"
2010-02-24 16:40:46 +00:00
msgstr "Auto Mnemonics"
2009-12-22 03:24:59 +00:00
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:1016
2009-12-22 03:24:59 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether mnemonics should be automatically shown and hidden when the user "
"presses the mnemonic activator."
msgstr ""
2010-02-24 16:40:46 +00:00
"Whether mnemonics should be automatically shown and hidden when the user "
"presses the mnemonic activator."
2009-12-22 03:24:59 +00:00
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:1041
#, fuzzy
msgid "Application prefers a dark theme"
msgstr "Application paintable"
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:1042
#, fuzzy
msgid "Whether the application prefers to have a dark theme."
msgstr "Whether the application has a selection"
#: gtk/gtksizegroup.c:320
msgid "Mode"
msgstr "Mode"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksizegroup.c:321
msgid ""
"The directions in which the size group affects the requested sizes of its "
"component widgets"
msgstr ""
"The directions in which the size group affects the requested sizes of its "
"component widgets"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksizegroup.c:337
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "Ignore hidden"
msgstr "Ignore hidden"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtksizegroup.c:338
msgid ""
"If TRUE, unmapped widgets are ignored when determining the size of the group"
msgstr ""
"If TRUE, unmapped widgets are ignored when determining the size of the group"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:209
msgid "The adjustment that holds the value of the spinbutton"
msgstr "The adjustment that holds the value of the spinbutton"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:216
msgid "Climb Rate"
msgstr "Climb Rate"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:236
msgid "Snap to Ticks"
msgstr "Snap to Ticks"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:237
msgid ""
"Whether erroneous values are automatically changed to a spin button's "
"nearest step increment"
msgstr ""
"Whether erroneous values are automatically changed to a spin button's "
"nearest step increment"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:244
msgid "Numeric"
msgstr "Numeric"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:245
msgid "Whether non-numeric characters should be ignored"
msgstr "Whether non-numeric characters should be ignored"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:252
msgid "Wrap"
msgstr "Wrap"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:253
msgid "Whether a spin button should wrap upon reaching its limits"
msgstr "Whether a spin button should wrap upon reaching its limits"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:260
msgid "Update Policy"
msgstr "Update Policy"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:261
msgid ""
"Whether the spin button should update always, or only when the value is legal"
msgstr ""
"Whether the spin button should update always, or only when the value is legal"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:270
msgid "Reads the current value, or sets a new value"
msgstr "Reads the current value, or sets a new value"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:279
msgid "Style of bevel around the spin button"
msgstr "Style of bevel around the spin button"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkspinner.c:129
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Whether the spinner is active"
2010-02-24 16:40:46 +00:00
msgstr "Whether the spinner is active"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkspinner.c:143
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Number of steps"
2010-02-24 16:40:46 +00:00
msgstr "Number of steps"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkspinner.c:144
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid ""
"The number of steps for the spinner to complete a full loop. The animation "
"will complete a full cycle in one second by default (see #GtkSpinner:cycle-"
"duration)."
msgstr ""
2010-02-24 16:40:46 +00:00
"The number of steps for the spinner to complete a full loop. The animation "
"will complete a full cycle in one second by default (see #GtkSpinner:cycle-"
"duration)."
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkspinner.c:159
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Animation duration"
2010-02-24 16:40:46 +00:00
msgstr "Animation duration"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkspinner.c:160
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid ""
"The length of time in milliseconds for the spinner to complete a full loop"
msgstr ""
2010-02-24 16:40:46 +00:00
"The length of time in milliseconds for the spinner to complete a full loop"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkstatusbar.c:148
msgid "Has Resize Grip"
msgstr "Has Resize Grip"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkstatusbar.c:149
msgid "Whether the statusbar has a grip for resizing the toplevel"
msgstr "Whether the statusbar has a grip for resizing the toplevel"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkstatusbar.c:194
msgid "Style of bevel around the statusbar text"
msgstr "Style of bevel around the statusbar text"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:276
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "The size of the icon"
msgstr "The size of the icon"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:286
msgid "The screen where this status icon will be displayed"
msgstr "The screen where this status icon will be displayed"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:293
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Blinking"
msgstr "Blinking"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:294
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Whether or not the status icon is blinking"
2009-09-12 18:27:38 +00:00
msgstr "Whether the status icon is blinking"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:302
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Whether or not the status icon is visible"
2009-09-12 18:27:38 +00:00
msgstr "Whether the status icon is visible"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:318
msgid "Whether or not the status icon is embedded"
2009-09-12 18:27:38 +00:00
msgstr "Whether the status icon is embedded"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:334 gtk/gtktrayicon-x11.c:123
msgid "The orientation of the tray"
msgstr "The orientation of the tray"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:361 gtk/gtkwidget.c:720
msgid "Has tooltip"
msgstr "Has tooltip"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:362
msgid "Whether this tray icon has a tooltip"
msgstr "Whether this tray icon has a tooltip"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:387 gtk/gtkwidget.c:741
msgid "Tooltip Text"
msgstr "Tooltip Text"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:388 gtk/gtkwidget.c:742 gtk/gtkwidget.c:763
msgid "The contents of the tooltip for this widget"
msgstr "The contents of the tooltip for this widget"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:411 gtk/gtkwidget.c:762
msgid "Tooltip markup"
msgstr "Tooltip markup"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:412
msgid "The contents of the tooltip for this tray icon"
msgstr "The contents of the tooltip for this tray icon"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:430
2009-07-07 05:05:29 +00:00
msgid "The title of this tray icon"
2009-09-12 18:27:38 +00:00
msgstr "The title of this tray icon"
2009-07-07 05:05:29 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktable.c:129
msgid "Rows"
msgstr "Rows"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktable.c:130
msgid "The number of rows in the table"
msgstr "The number of rows in the table"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktable.c:138
msgid "Columns"
msgstr "Columns"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktable.c:139
msgid "The number of columns in the table"
msgstr "The number of columns in the table"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktable.c:147
msgid "Row spacing"
msgstr "Row spacing"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktable.c:148
msgid "The amount of space between two consecutive rows"
msgstr "The amount of space between two consecutive rows"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktable.c:156
msgid "Column spacing"
msgstr "Column spacing"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktable.c:157
msgid "The amount of space between two consecutive columns"
msgstr "The amount of space between two consecutive columns"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktable.c:166
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
msgid "If TRUE, the table cells are all the same width/height"
msgstr "If TRUE, the table cells are all the same width/height"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktable.c:173
msgid "Left attachment"
msgstr "Left attachment"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktable.c:180
msgid "Right attachment"
msgstr "Right attachment"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktable.c:181
msgid "The column number to attach the right side of a child widget to"
msgstr "The column number to attach the right side of a child widget to"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktable.c:187
msgid "Top attachment"
msgstr "Top attachment"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktable.c:188
msgid "The row number to attach the top of a child widget to"
msgstr "The row number to attach the top of a child widget to"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktable.c:194
msgid "Bottom attachment"
msgstr "Bottom attachment"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktable.c:201
msgid "Horizontal options"
msgstr "Horizontal options"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktable.c:202
msgid "Options specifying the horizontal behaviour of the child"
msgstr "Options specifying the horizontal behaviour of the child"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktable.c:208
msgid "Vertical options"
msgstr "Vertical options"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktable.c:209
msgid "Options specifying the vertical behaviour of the child"
msgstr "Options specifying the vertical behaviour of the child"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktable.c:215
msgid "Horizontal padding"
msgstr "Horizontal padding"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktable.c:216
msgid ""
"Extra space to put between the child and its left and right neighbors, in "
"pixels"
msgstr ""
"Extra space to put between the child and its left and right neighbours, in "
"pixels"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktable.c:222
msgid "Vertical padding"
msgstr "Vertical padding"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktable.c:223
msgid ""
"Extra space to put between the child and its upper and lower neighbors, in "
"pixels"
msgstr ""
"Extra space to put between the child and its upper and lower neighbours, in "
"pixels"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:180
msgid "Tag Table"
msgstr "Tag Table"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:181
msgid "Text Tag Table"
msgstr "Text Tag Table"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:199
2005-04-08 01:34:42 +00:00
msgid "Current text of the buffer"
msgstr "Current text of the buffer"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:213
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Has selection"
msgstr "Has selection"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:214
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Whether the buffer has some text currently selected"
msgstr "Whether the buffer has some text currently selected"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:230
2006-05-17 00:33:57 +00:00
msgid "Cursor position"
msgstr "Cursor position"
2006-05-17 00:33:57 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:231
msgid ""
"The position of the insert mark (as offset from the beginning of the buffer)"
msgstr ""
"The position of the insert mark (as offset from the beginning of the buffer)"
2006-05-17 00:33:57 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:246
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Copy target list"
msgstr "Copy target list"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:247
msgid ""
"The list of targets this buffer supports for clipboard copying and DND source"
msgstr ""
"The list of targets this buffer supports for clipboard copying and DND source"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:262
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Paste target list"
msgstr "Paste target list"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:263
msgid ""
"The list of targets this buffer supports for clipboard pasting and DND "
"destination"
msgstr ""
"The list of targets this buffer supports for clipboard pasting and DND "
"destination"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktextmark.c:90
msgid "Mark name"
msgstr "Mark name"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktextmark.c:97
msgid "Left gravity"
msgstr "Left gravity"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktextmark.c:98
msgid "Whether the mark has left gravity"
msgstr "Whether the mark has left gravity"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:173
msgid "Tag name"
msgstr "Tag name"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:174
msgid "Name used to refer to the text tag. NULL for anonymous tags"
msgstr "Name used to refer to the text tag. NULL for anonymous tags"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:192
msgid "Background color as a (possibly unallocated) GdkColor"
msgstr "Background colour as a (possibly unallocated) GdkColor"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:199
msgid "Background full height"
msgstr "Background full height"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:200
msgid ""
"Whether the background color fills the entire line height or only the height "
"of the tagged characters"
msgstr ""
"Whether the background colour fills the entire line height or only the "
"height of the tagged characters"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:208
msgid "Background stipple mask"
msgstr "Background stipple mask"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:209
msgid "Bitmap to use as a mask when drawing the text background"
msgstr "Bitmap to use as a mask when drawing the text background"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:226
msgid "Foreground color as a (possibly unallocated) GdkColor"
msgstr "Foreground colour as a (possibly unallocated) GdkColor"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:234
msgid "Foreground stipple mask"
msgstr "Foreground stipple mask"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:235
msgid "Bitmap to use as a mask when drawing the text foreground"
msgstr "Bitmap to use as a mask when drawing the text foreground"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:242
msgid "Text direction"
msgstr "Text direction"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:243
msgid "Text direction, e.g. right-to-left or left-to-right"
msgstr "Text direction, e.g. right-to-left or left-to-right"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:292
msgid "Font style as a PangoStyle, e.g. PANGO_STYLE_ITALIC"
msgstr "Font style as a PangoStyle, e.g. PANGO_STYLE_ITALIC"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:301
msgid "Font variant as a PangoVariant, e.g. PANGO_VARIANT_SMALL_CAPS"
msgstr "Font variant as a PangoVariant, e.g. PANGO_VARIANT_SMALL_CAPS"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:310
msgid ""
"Font weight as an integer, see predefined values in PangoWeight; for "
"example, PANGO_WEIGHT_BOLD"
msgstr ""
"Font weight as an integer, see predefined values in PangoWeight; for "
"example, PANGO_WEIGHT_BOLD"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:321
msgid "Font stretch as a PangoStretch, e.g. PANGO_STRETCH_CONDENSED"
msgstr "Font stretch as a PangoStretch, e.g. PANGO_STRETCH_CONDENSED"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:330
msgid "Font size in Pango units"
msgstr "Font size in Pango units"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:340
msgid ""
"Font size as a scale factor relative to the default font size. This properly "
"adapts to theme changes etc. so is recommended. Pango predefines some scales "
"such as PANGO_SCALE_X_LARGE"
msgstr ""
"Font size as a scale factor relative to the default font size. This properly "
"adapts to theme changes etc. so is recommended. Pango predefines some scales "
"such as PANGO_SCALE_X_LARGE"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:360 gtk/gtktextview.c:594
msgid "Left, right, or center justification"
msgstr "Left, right, or centre justification"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:379
msgid ""
"The language this text is in, as an ISO code. Pango can use this as a hint "
"when rendering the text. If not set, an appropriate default will be used."
msgstr ""
"The language this text is in, as an ISO code. Pango can use this as a hint "
"when rendering the text. If not set, an appropriate default will be used."
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:386
msgid "Left margin"
msgstr "Left margin"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:387 gtk/gtktextview.c:603
msgid "Width of the left margin in pixels"
msgstr "Width of the left margin in pixels"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:396
msgid "Right margin"
msgstr "Right margin"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:397 gtk/gtktextview.c:613
msgid "Width of the right margin in pixels"
msgstr "Width of the right margin in pixels"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:407 gtk/gtktextview.c:622
msgid "Indent"
msgstr "Indent"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:408 gtk/gtktextview.c:623
msgid "Amount to indent the paragraph, in pixels"
msgstr "Amount to indent the paragraph, in pixels"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:419
msgid ""
"Offset of text above the baseline (below the baseline if rise is negative) "
"in Pango units"
msgstr ""
"Offset of text above the baseline (below the baseline if rise is negative) "
"in Pango units"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:428
msgid "Pixels above lines"
msgstr "Pixels above lines"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:429 gtk/gtktextview.c:547
msgid "Pixels of blank space above paragraphs"
msgstr "Pixels of blank space above paragraphs"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:438
msgid "Pixels below lines"
msgstr "Pixels below lines"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:439 gtk/gtktextview.c:557
msgid "Pixels of blank space below paragraphs"
msgstr "Pixels of blank space below paragraphs"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:448
msgid "Pixels inside wrap"
msgstr "Pixels inside wrap"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:449 gtk/gtktextview.c:567
msgid "Pixels of blank space between wrapped lines in a paragraph"
msgstr "Pixels of blank space between wrapped lines in a paragraph"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:476 gtk/gtktextview.c:585
msgid ""
"Whether to wrap lines never, at word boundaries, or at character boundaries"
msgstr ""
"Whether to wrap lines never, at word boundaries, or at character boundaries"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:485 gtk/gtktextview.c:632
msgid "Tabs"
msgstr "Tabs"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:486 gtk/gtktextview.c:633
msgid "Custom tabs for this text"
msgstr "Custom tabs for this text"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:504
msgid "Invisible"
msgstr "Invisible"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:505
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
msgid "Whether this text is hidden."
msgstr "Whether this text is hidden."
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:519
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "Paragraph background color name"
msgstr "Paragraph background colour name"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:520
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "Paragraph background color as a string"
msgstr "Paragraph background colour as a string"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:535
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "Paragraph background color"
msgstr "Paragraph background colour"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:536
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "Paragraph background color as a (possibly unallocated) GdkColor"
msgstr "Paragraph background colour as a (possibly unallocated) GdkColor"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:554
msgid "Margin Accumulates"
msgstr "Margin Accumulates"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:555
msgid "Whether left and right margins accumulate."
msgstr "Whether left and right margins accumulate."
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:568
msgid "Background full height set"
msgstr "Background full height set"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:569
msgid "Whether this tag affects background height"
msgstr "Whether this tag affects background height"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:572
msgid "Background stipple set"
msgstr "Background stipple set"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:573
msgid "Whether this tag affects the background stipple"
msgstr "Whether this tag affects the background stipple"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:580
msgid "Foreground stipple set"
msgstr "Foreground stipple set"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:581
msgid "Whether this tag affects the foreground stipple"
msgstr "Whether this tag affects the foreground stipple"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:616
msgid "Justification set"
msgstr "Justification set"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:617
msgid "Whether this tag affects paragraph justification"
msgstr "Whether this tag affects paragraph justification"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:624
msgid "Left margin set"
msgstr "Left margin set"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:625
msgid "Whether this tag affects the left margin"
msgstr "Whether this tag affects the left margin"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:628
msgid "Indent set"
msgstr "Indent set"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:629
msgid "Whether this tag affects indentation"
msgstr "Whether this tag affects indentation"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:636
msgid "Pixels above lines set"
msgstr "Pixels above lines set"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:637 gtk/gtktexttag.c:641
msgid "Whether this tag affects the number of pixels above lines"
msgstr "Whether this tag affects the number of pixels above lines"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:640
msgid "Pixels below lines set"
msgstr "Pixels below lines set"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:644
msgid "Pixels inside wrap set"
msgstr "Pixels inside wrap set"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:645
msgid "Whether this tag affects the number of pixels between wrapped lines"
msgstr "Whether this tag affects the number of pixels between wrapped lines"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:652
msgid "Right margin set"
msgstr "Right margin set"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:653
msgid "Whether this tag affects the right margin"
msgstr "Whether this tag affects the right margin"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:660
msgid "Wrap mode set"
msgstr "Wrap mode set"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:661
msgid "Whether this tag affects line wrap mode"
msgstr "Whether this tag affects line wrap mode"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:664
msgid "Tabs set"
msgstr "Tabs set"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:665
msgid "Whether this tag affects tabs"
msgstr "Whether this tag affects tabs"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:668
msgid "Invisible set"
msgstr "Invisible set"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:669
msgid "Whether this tag affects text visibility"
msgstr "Whether this tag affects text visibility"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:672
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "Paragraph background set"
msgstr "Paragraph background set"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:673
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "Whether this tag affects the paragraph background color"
msgstr "Whether this tag affects the paragraph background colour"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:546
msgid "Pixels Above Lines"
msgstr "Pixels Above Lines"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:556
msgid "Pixels Below Lines"
msgstr "Pixels Below Lines"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:566
msgid "Pixels Inside Wrap"
msgstr "Pixels Inside Wrap"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:584
msgid "Wrap Mode"
msgstr "Wrap Mode"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:602
msgid "Left Margin"
msgstr "Left Margin"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:612
msgid "Right Margin"
msgstr "Right Margin"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:640
msgid "Cursor Visible"
msgstr "Cursor Visible"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:641
msgid "If the insertion cursor is shown"
msgstr "If the insertion cursor is shown"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:648
msgid "Buffer"
msgstr "Buffer"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:649
msgid "The buffer which is displayed"
msgstr "The buffer which is displayed"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:657
msgid "Whether entered text overwrites existing contents"
msgstr "Whether entered text overwrites existing contents"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:664
msgid "Accepts tab"
msgstr "Accepts tab"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:665
msgid "Whether Tab will result in a tab character being entered"
msgstr "Whether Tab will result in a tab character being entered"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:694
msgid "Error underline color"
msgstr "Error underline colour"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:695
msgid "Color with which to draw error-indication underlines"
msgstr "Colour with which to draw error-indication underlines"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoggleaction.c:104
msgid "Create the same proxies as a radio action"
msgstr "Create the same proxies as a radio action"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoggleaction.c:105
msgid "Whether the proxies for this action look like radio action proxies"
msgstr "Whether the proxies for this action look like radio action proxies"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoggleaction.c:120
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "If the toggle action should be active in or not"
msgstr "If the toggle action should be active in or not"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktogglebutton.c:116 gtk/gtktoggletoolbutton.c:115
msgid "If the toggle button should be pressed in or not"
msgstr "If the toggle button should be pressed in or not"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktogglebutton.c:124
msgid "If the toggle button is in an \"in between\" state"
msgstr "If the toggle button is in an \"in between\" state"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktogglebutton.c:131
msgid "Draw Indicator"
msgstr "Draw Indicator"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktogglebutton.c:132
msgid "If the toggle part of the button is displayed"
msgstr "If the toggle part of the button is displayed"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:475 gtk/gtktoolpalette.c:1021
msgid "Toolbar Style"
msgstr "Toolbar Style"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:476
msgid "How to draw the toolbar"
msgstr "How to draw the toolbar"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:483
msgid "Show Arrow"
msgstr "Show Arrow"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:484
msgid "If an arrow should be shown if the toolbar doesn't fit"
msgstr "If an arrow should be shown if the toolbar doesn't fit"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:505
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Size of icons in this toolbar"
msgstr "Size of icons in this toolbar"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:520 gtk/gtktoolpalette.c:1007
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Icon size set"
msgstr "Icon size set"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:521 gtk/gtktoolpalette.c:1008
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Whether the icon-size property has been set"
msgstr "Whether the icon-size property has been set"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:530
msgid "Whether the item should receive extra space when the toolbar grows"
msgstr "Whether the item should receive extra space when the toolbar grows"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:538 gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1597
msgid "Whether the item should be the same size as other homogeneous items"
msgstr "Whether the item should be the same size as other homogeneous items"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:545
msgid "Spacer size"
msgstr "Spacer size"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:546
msgid "Size of spacers"
msgstr "Size of spacers"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:555
msgid "Amount of border space between the toolbar shadow and the buttons"
msgstr "Amount of border space between the toolbar shadow and the buttons"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:563
2006-05-17 00:33:57 +00:00
msgid "Maximum child expand"
msgstr "Maximum child expand"
2006-05-17 00:33:57 +00:00
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:564
2006-05-17 00:33:57 +00:00
msgid "Maximum amount of space an expandable item will be given"
msgstr "Maximum amount of space an expandable item will be given"
2006-05-17 00:33:57 +00:00
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:572
msgid "Space style"
msgstr "Space style"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:573
msgid "Whether spacers are vertical lines or just blank"
msgstr "Whether spacers are vertical lines or just blank"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:580
msgid "Button relief"
msgstr "Button relief"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:581
msgid "Type of bevel around toolbar buttons"
msgstr "Type of bevel around toolbar buttons"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbar.c:588
msgid "Style of bevel around the toolbar"
msgstr "Style of bevel around the toolbar"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:205
msgid "Text to show in the item."
msgstr "Text to show in the item."
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:212
msgid ""
"If set, an underline in the label property indicates that the next character "
"should be used for the mnemonic accelerator key in the overflow menu"
msgstr ""
"If set, an underline in the label property indicates that the next character "
"should be used for the mnemonic accelerator key in the overflow menu"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:219
msgid "Widget to use as the item label"
msgstr "Widget to use as the item label"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:225
msgid "Stock Id"
msgstr "Stock Id"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:226
msgid "The stock icon displayed on the item"
msgstr "The stock icon displayed on the item"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:242
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "Icon name"
msgstr "Icon name"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:243
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "The name of the themed icon displayed on the item"
msgstr "The name of the themed icon displayed on the item"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:249
msgid "Icon widget"
msgstr "Icon widget"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:250
msgid "Icon widget to display in the item"
msgstr "Icon widget to display in the item"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:263
2006-06-05 19:33:40 +00:00
msgid "Icon spacing"
msgstr "Icon spacing"
2006-06-05 19:33:40 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:264
2006-06-05 19:33:40 +00:00
msgid "Spacing in pixels between the icon and label"
msgstr "Spacing in pixels between the icon and label"
2006-06-05 19:33:40 +00:00
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolitem.c:199
msgid ""
"Whether the toolbar item is considered important. When TRUE, toolbar buttons "
"show text in GTK_TOOLBAR_BOTH_HORIZ mode"
msgstr ""
"Whether the toolbar item is considered important. When TRUE, toolbar buttons "
"show text in GTK_TOOLBAR_BOTH_HORIZ mode"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1544
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "The human-readable title of this item group"
2010-02-24 16:40:46 +00:00
msgstr "The human-readable title of this item group"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1551
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "A widget to display in place of the usual label"
2010-02-24 16:40:46 +00:00
msgstr "A widget to display in place of the usual label"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1557
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Collapsed"
2010-02-24 16:40:46 +00:00
msgstr "Collapsed"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1558
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Wether the group has been collapsed and items are hidden"
2010-02-24 16:40:46 +00:00
msgstr "Whether the group has been collapsed and items are hidden"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1564
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "ellipsize"
2010-02-24 16:40:46 +00:00
msgstr "ellipsise"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1565
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Ellipsize for item group headers"
2010-02-24 16:40:46 +00:00
msgstr "Ellipsise for item group headers"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1571
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Header Relief"
2010-02-24 16:40:46 +00:00
msgstr "Header Relief"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1572
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Relief of the group header button"
2010-02-24 16:40:46 +00:00
msgstr "Relief of the group header button"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1587
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Header Spacing"
2010-02-24 16:40:46 +00:00
msgstr "Header Spacing"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1588
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Spacing between expander arrow and caption"
2010-02-24 16:40:46 +00:00
msgstr "Spacing between expander arrow and caption"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1604
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Whether the item should receive extra space when the group grows"
2010-02-24 16:40:46 +00:00
msgstr "Whether the item should receive extra space when the group grows"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1611
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Whether the item should fill the available space"
2010-02-24 16:40:46 +00:00
msgstr "Whether the item should fill the available space"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1617
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "New Row"
2010-02-24 16:40:46 +00:00
msgstr "New Row"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1618
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Whether the item should start a new row"
2010-02-24 16:40:46 +00:00
msgstr "Whether the item should start a new row"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1625
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Position of the item within this group"
2010-02-24 16:40:46 +00:00
msgstr "Position of the item within this group"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolpalette.c:992
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Size of icons in this tool palette"
2010-02-24 16:40:46 +00:00
msgstr "Size of icons in this tool palette"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolpalette.c:1022
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Style of items in the tool palette"
2010-02-24 16:40:46 +00:00
msgstr "Style of items in the tool palette"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolpalette.c:1038
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Exclusive"
2010-02-24 16:40:46 +00:00
msgstr "Exclusive"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolpalette.c:1039
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Whether the item group should be the only expanded at a given time"
2010-02-24 16:40:46 +00:00
msgstr "Whether the item group should be the only expanded at a given time"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktoolpalette.c:1054
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether the item group should receive extra space when the palette grows"
2010-02-24 16:40:46 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Whether the item group should receive extra space when the palette grows"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktrayicon-x11.c:132
#, fuzzy
msgid "Foreground color for symbolic icons"
msgstr "Foreground colour as a string"
#: gtk/gtktrayicon-x11.c:139
#, fuzzy
msgid "Error color"
msgstr "Cursor colour"
#: gtk/gtktrayicon-x11.c:140
msgid "Error color for symbolic icons"
msgstr ""
#: gtk/gtktrayicon-x11.c:147
#, fuzzy
msgid "Warning color"
msgstr "Background colour"
#: gtk/gtktrayicon-x11.c:148
msgid "Warning color for symbolic icons"
msgstr ""
#: gtk/gtktrayicon-x11.c:155
#, fuzzy
msgid "Success color"
msgstr "Cursor colour"
#: gtk/gtktrayicon-x11.c:156
msgid "Success color for symbolic icons"
msgstr ""
#: gtk/gtktrayicon-x11.c:164
#, fuzzy
msgid "Padding that should be put around icons in the tray"
msgstr "Whether there should be an icon near the item"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreemodelsort.c:278
msgid "TreeModelSort Model"
msgstr "TreeModelSort Model"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreemodelsort.c:279
msgid "The model for the TreeModelSort to sort"
msgstr "The model for the TreeModelSort to sort"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:564
msgid "TreeView Model"
msgstr "TreeView Model"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:565
msgid "The model for the tree view"
msgstr "The model for the tree view"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:573
msgid "Horizontal Adjustment for the widget"
msgstr "Horizontal Adjustment for the widget"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:581
msgid "Vertical Adjustment for the widget"
msgstr "Vertical Adjustment for the widget"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:588
msgid "Headers Visible"
msgstr "Headers Visible"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:589
msgid "Show the column header buttons"
msgstr "Show the column header buttons"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:596
msgid "Headers Clickable"
msgstr "Headers Clickable"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:597
msgid "Column headers respond to click events"
msgstr "Column headers respond to click events"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:604
msgid "Expander Column"
msgstr "Expander Column"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:605
msgid "Set the column for the expander column"
msgstr "Set the column for the expander column"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:620
msgid "Rules Hint"
msgstr "Rules Hint"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:621
msgid "Set a hint to the theme engine to draw rows in alternating colors"
msgstr "Set a hint to the theme engine to draw rows in alternating colours"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:628
msgid "Enable Search"
msgstr "Enable Search"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:629
msgid "View allows user to search through columns interactively"
msgstr "View allows user to search through columns interactively"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:636
msgid "Search Column"
msgstr "Search Column"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:637
msgid "Model column to search through during interactive search"
2009-09-23 22:12:50 +00:00
msgstr "Model column to search through during interactive search"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:657
msgid "Fixed Height Mode"
msgstr "Fixed Height Mode"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:658
msgid "Speeds up GtkTreeView by assuming that all rows have the same height"
msgstr "Speeds up GtkTreeView by assuming that all rows have the same height"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:678
msgid "Hover Selection"
msgstr "Hover Selection"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:679
msgid "Whether the selection should follow the pointer"
msgstr "Whether the selection should follow the pointer"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:698
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
msgid "Hover Expand"
msgstr "Hover Expand"
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:699
msgid ""
"Whether rows should be expanded/collapsed when the pointer moves over them"
msgstr ""
"Whether rows should be expanded/collapsed when the pointer moves over them"
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:713
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Show Expanders"
msgstr "Show Expanders"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:714
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "View has expanders"
msgstr "View has expanders"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:728
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Level Indentation"
msgstr "Level Indentation"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:729
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Extra indentation for each level"
msgstr "Extra indentation for each level"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:738
2006-06-05 19:33:40 +00:00
msgid "Rubber Banding"
msgstr "Rubber Banding"
2006-06-05 19:33:40 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:739
msgid ""
"Whether to enable selection of multiple items by dragging the mouse pointer"
msgstr ""
"Whether to enable selection of multiple items by dragging the mouse pointer"
2006-06-05 19:33:40 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:746
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
msgid "Enable Grid Lines"
msgstr "Enable Grid Lines"
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:747
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
msgid "Whether grid lines should be drawn in the tree view"
msgstr "Whether grid lines should be drawn in the tree view"
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:755
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
msgid "Enable Tree Lines"
msgstr "Enable Tree Lines"
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:756
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
msgid "Whether tree lines should be drawn in the tree view"
msgstr "Whether tree lines should be drawn in the tree view"
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:764
msgid "The column in the model containing the tooltip texts for the rows"
msgstr "The column in the model containing the tooltip texts for the rows"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:786
msgid "Vertical Separator Width"
msgstr "Vertical Separator Width"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:787
msgid "Vertical space between cells. Must be an even number"
msgstr "Vertical space between cells. Must be an even number"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:795
msgid "Horizontal Separator Width"
msgstr "Horizontal Separator Width"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:796
msgid "Horizontal space between cells. Must be an even number"
msgstr "Horizontal space between cells. Must be an even number"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:804
msgid "Allow Rules"
msgstr "Allow Rules"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:805
msgid "Allow drawing of alternating color rows"
msgstr "Allow drawing of alternating colour rows"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:811
msgid "Indent Expanders"
msgstr "Indent Expanders"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:812
msgid "Make the expanders indented"
msgstr "Make the expanders indented"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:818
msgid "Even Row Color"
msgstr "Even Row Colour"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:819
msgid "Color to use for even rows"
msgstr "Colour to use for even rows"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:825
msgid "Odd Row Color"
msgstr "Odd Row Colour"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:826
msgid "Color to use for odd rows"
msgstr "Colour to use for odd rows"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:832
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Row Ending details"
msgstr "Row Ending details"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:833
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Enable extended row background theming"
msgstr "Enable extended row background theming"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:839
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
msgid "Grid line width"
msgstr "Grid line width"
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:840
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
msgid "Width, in pixels, of the tree view grid lines"
msgstr "Width, in pixels, of the tree view grid lines"
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:846
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
msgid "Tree line width"
msgstr "Tree line width"
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:847
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
msgid "Width, in pixels, of the tree view lines"
msgstr "Width, in pixels, of the tree view lines"
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:853
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
msgid "Grid line pattern"
msgstr "Grid line pattern"
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:854
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
msgid "Dash pattern used to draw the tree view grid lines"
msgstr "Dash pattern used to draw the tree view grid lines"
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:860
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
msgid "Tree line pattern"
msgstr "Tree line pattern"
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:861
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
msgid "Dash pattern used to draw the tree view lines"
msgstr "Dash pattern used to draw the tree view lines"
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:193
msgid "Whether to display the column"
msgstr "Whether to display the column"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:200 gtk/gtkwindow.c:550
msgid "Resizable"
msgstr "Resizable"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:201
msgid "Column is user-resizable"
msgstr "Column is user-resizable"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:209
msgid "Current width of the column"
msgstr "Current width of the column"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:218
msgid "Space which is inserted between cells"
msgstr "Space which is inserted between cells"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:226
msgid "Sizing"
msgstr "Sizing"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:227
msgid "Resize mode of the column"
msgstr "Resize mode of the column"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:235
msgid "Fixed Width"
msgstr "Fixed Width"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:236
msgid "Current fixed width of the column"
msgstr "Current fixed width of the column"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:245
msgid "Minimum Width"
msgstr "Minimum Width"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:246
msgid "Minimum allowed width of the column"
msgstr "Minimum allowed width of the column"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:255
msgid "Maximum Width"
msgstr "Maximum Width"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:256
msgid "Maximum allowed width of the column"
msgstr "Maximum allowed width of the column"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:266
msgid "Title to appear in column header"
msgstr "Title to appear in column header"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:274
msgid "Column gets share of extra width allocated to the widget"
msgstr "Column gets share of extra width allocated to the widget"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:281
msgid "Clickable"
msgstr "Clickable"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:282
msgid "Whether the header can be clicked"
msgstr "Whether the header can be clicked"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:290
msgid "Widget"
msgstr "Widget"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:291
msgid "Widget to put in column header button instead of column title"
msgstr "Widget to put in column header button instead of column title"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:299
msgid "X Alignment of the column header text or widget"
msgstr "X Alignment of the column header text or widget"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:309
msgid "Whether the column can be reordered around the headers"
msgstr "Whether the column can be reordered around the headers"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:316
msgid "Sort indicator"
msgstr "Sort indicator"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:317
msgid "Whether to show a sort indicator"
msgstr "Whether to show a sort indicator"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:324
msgid "Sort order"
msgstr "Sort order"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:325
msgid "Sort direction the sort indicator should indicate"
msgstr "Sort direction the sort indicator should indicate"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:341
2009-08-11 19:06:02 +00:00
msgid "Sort column ID"
2009-09-12 18:27:38 +00:00
msgstr "Sort column ID"
2009-08-11 19:06:02 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:342
2009-08-11 19:06:02 +00:00
msgid "Logical sort column ID this column sorts on when selected for sorting"
2009-09-12 18:27:38 +00:00
msgstr "Logical sort column ID this column sorts on when selected for sorting"
2009-08-11 19:06:02 +00:00
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkuimanager.c:227
msgid "Whether tearoff menu items should be added to menus"
msgstr "Whether tearoff menu items should be added to menus"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkuimanager.c:234
msgid "Merged UI definition"
msgstr "Merged UI definition"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkuimanager.c:235
msgid "An XML string describing the merged UI"
msgstr "An XML string describing the merged UI"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkviewport.c:135
msgid ""
"The GtkAdjustment that determines the values of the horizontal position for "
"this viewport"
msgstr ""
"The GtkAdjustment that determines the values of the horizontal position for "
"this viewport"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkviewport.c:143
msgid ""
"The GtkAdjustment that determines the values of the vertical position for "
"this viewport"
msgstr ""
"The GtkAdjustment that determines the values of the vertical position for "
"this viewport"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkviewport.c:151
msgid "Determines how the shadowed box around the viewport is drawn"
msgstr "Determines how the shadowed box around the viewport is drawn"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:571
msgid "Widget name"
msgstr "Widget name"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:572
msgid "The name of the widget"
msgstr "The name of the widget"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:578
msgid "Parent widget"
msgstr "Parent widget"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:579
msgid "The parent widget of this widget. Must be a Container widget"
msgstr "The parent widget of this widget. Must be a Container widget"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:586
msgid "Width request"
msgstr "Width request"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:587
msgid ""
"Override for width request of the widget, or -1 if natural request should be "
"used"
msgstr ""
"Override for width request of the widget, or -1 if natural request should be "
"used"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:595
msgid "Height request"
msgstr "Height request"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:596
msgid ""
"Override for height request of the widget, or -1 if natural request should "
"be used"
msgstr ""
"Override for height request of the widget, or -1 if natural request should "
"be used"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:605
msgid "Whether the widget is visible"
msgstr "Whether the widget is visible"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:612
msgid "Whether the widget responds to input"
msgstr "Whether the widget responds to input"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:618
msgid "Application paintable"
msgstr "Application paintable"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:619
msgid "Whether the application will paint directly on the widget"
msgstr "Whether the application will paint directly on the widget"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:625
msgid "Can focus"
msgstr "Can focus"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:626
msgid "Whether the widget can accept the input focus"
msgstr "Whether the widget can accept the input focus"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:632
msgid "Has focus"
msgstr "Has focus"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:633
msgid "Whether the widget has the input focus"
msgstr "Whether the widget has the input focus"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:639
msgid "Is focus"
msgstr "Is focus"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:640
msgid "Whether the widget is the focus widget within the toplevel"
msgstr "Whether the widget is the focus widget within the toplevel"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:646
msgid "Can default"
msgstr "Can default"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:647
msgid "Whether the widget can be the default widget"
msgstr "Whether the widget can be the default widget"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:653
msgid "Has default"
msgstr "Has default"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:654
msgid "Whether the widget is the default widget"
msgstr "Whether the widget is the default widget"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:660
msgid "Receives default"
msgstr "Receives default"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:661
msgid "If TRUE, the widget will receive the default action when it is focused"
msgstr "If TRUE, the widget will receive the default action when it is focused"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:667
msgid "Composite child"
msgstr "Composite child"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:668
msgid "Whether the widget is part of a composite widget"
msgstr "Whether the widget is part of a composite widget"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:674
msgid "Style"
msgstr "Style"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:675
msgid ""
"The style of the widget, which contains information about how it will look "
"(colors etc)"
msgstr ""
"The style of the widget, which contains information about how it will look "
"(colours etc)"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:681
msgid "Events"
msgstr "Events"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:682
msgid "The event mask that decides what kind of GdkEvents this widget gets"
msgstr "The event mask that decides what kind of GdkEvents this widget gets"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:689
msgid "Extension events"
msgstr "Extension events"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:690
msgid "The mask that decides what kind of extension events this widget gets"
msgstr "The mask that decides what kind of extension events this widget gets"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:697
msgid "No show all"
msgstr "No show all"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:698
msgid "Whether gtk_widget_show_all() should not affect this widget"
msgstr "Whether gtk_widget_show_all() should not affect this widget"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:721
msgid "Whether this widget has a tooltip"
msgstr "Whether this widget has a tooltip"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:777
msgid "Window"
msgstr "Window"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:778
msgid "The widget's window if it is realized"
msgstr "The widget's window if it is realised"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:792
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
msgid "Double Buffered"
2009-09-12 18:27:38 +00:00
msgstr "Double Buffered"
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:793
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
msgid "Whether or not the widget is double buffered"
2009-09-12 18:27:38 +00:00
msgstr "Whether the widget is double buffered"
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:2421
msgid "Interior Focus"
msgstr "Interior Focus"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:2422
msgid "Whether to draw the focus indicator inside widgets"
msgstr "Whether to draw the focus indicator inside widgets"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:2428
msgid "Focus linewidth"
msgstr "Focus linewidth"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:2429
msgid "Width, in pixels, of the focus indicator line"
msgstr "Width, in pixels, of the focus indicator line"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:2435
msgid "Focus line dash pattern"
msgstr "Focus line dash pattern"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:2436
msgid "Dash pattern used to draw the focus indicator"
msgstr "Dash pattern used to draw the focus indicator"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:2441
msgid "Focus padding"
msgstr "Focus padding"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:2442
msgid "Width, in pixels, between focus indicator and the widget 'box'"
msgstr "Width, in pixels, between focus indicator and the widget 'box'"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:2447
msgid "Cursor color"
msgstr "Cursor colour"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:2448
msgid "Color with which to draw insertion cursor"
msgstr "Colour with which to draw insertion cursor"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:2453
msgid "Secondary cursor color"
msgstr "Secondary cursor colour"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:2454
msgid ""
"Color with which to draw the secondary insertion cursor when editing mixed "
"right-to-left and left-to-right text"
msgstr ""
"Colour with which to draw the secondary insertion cursor when editing mixed "
"right-to-left and left-to-right text"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:2459
msgid "Cursor line aspect ratio"
msgstr "Cursor line aspect ratio"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:2460
msgid "Aspect ratio with which to draw insertion cursor"
msgstr "Aspect ratio with which to draw insertion cursor"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:2474
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "Draw Border"
msgstr "Draw Border"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:2475
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "Size of areas outside the widget's allocation to draw"
msgstr "Size of areas outside the widget's allocation to draw"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:2488
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Unvisited Link Color"
msgstr "Unvisited Link Colour"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:2489
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Color of unvisited links"
msgstr "Colour of unvisited links"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:2502
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Visited Link Color"
msgstr "Visited Link Colour"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:2503
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Color of visited links"
msgstr "Colour of visited links"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:2517
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Wide Separators"
msgstr "Wide Separators"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:2518
msgid ""
"Whether separators have configurable width and should be drawn using a box "
"instead of a line"
msgstr ""
"Whether separators have configurable width and should be drawn using a box "
"instead of a line"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:2532
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Separator Width"
msgstr "Separator Width"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:2533
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "The width of separators if wide-separators is TRUE"
msgstr "The width of separators if wide-separators is TRUE"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:2547
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Separator Height"
msgstr "Separator Height"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:2548
2006-06-05 19:33:40 +00:00
msgid "The height of separators if \"wide-separators\" is TRUE"
msgstr "The height of separators if \"wide-separators\" is TRUE"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:2562
2006-05-17 00:33:57 +00:00
msgid "Horizontal Scroll Arrow Length"
msgstr "Horizontal Scroll Arrow Length"
2006-05-17 00:33:57 +00:00
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:2563
2006-05-17 00:33:57 +00:00
msgid "The length of horizontal scroll arrows"
msgstr "The length of horizontal scroll arrows"
2006-05-17 00:33:57 +00:00
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:2577
2006-05-17 00:33:57 +00:00
msgid "Vertical Scroll Arrow Length"
msgstr "Vertical Scroll Arrow Length"
2006-05-17 00:33:57 +00:00
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:2578
2006-05-17 00:33:57 +00:00
msgid "The length of vertical scroll arrows"
msgstr "The length of vertical scroll arrows"
2006-05-17 00:33:57 +00:00
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:491
msgid "Window Type"
msgstr "Window Type"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:492
msgid "The type of the window"
msgstr "The type of the window"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:500
msgid "Window Title"
msgstr "Window Title"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:501
msgid "The title of the window"
msgstr "The title of the window"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:508
msgid "Window Role"
msgstr "Window Role"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:509
msgid "Unique identifier for the window to be used when restoring a session"
msgstr "Unique identifier for the window to be used when restoring a session"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:525
msgid "Startup ID"
msgstr "Startup ID"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:526
msgid "Unique startup identifier for the window used by startup-notification"
msgstr "Unique startup identifier for the window used by startup-notification"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:533
msgid "Allow Shrink"
msgstr "Allow Shrink"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:535
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If TRUE, the window has no mimimum size. Setting this to TRUE is 99% of the "
"time a bad idea"
msgstr ""
"If TRUE, the window has no mimimum size. Setting this to TRUE is 99% of the "
"time a bad idea"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:542
msgid "Allow Grow"
msgstr "Allow Grow"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:543
msgid "If TRUE, users can expand the window beyond its minimum size"
msgstr "If TRUE, users can expand the window beyond its minimum size"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:551
msgid "If TRUE, users can resize the window"
msgstr "If TRUE, users can resize the window"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:558
msgid "Modal"
msgstr "Modal"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:559
msgid ""
"If TRUE, the window is modal (other windows are not usable while this one is "
"up)"
msgstr ""
"If TRUE, the window is modal (other windows are not usable while this one is "
"up)"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:566
msgid "Window Position"
msgstr "Window Position"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:567
msgid "The initial position of the window"
msgstr "The initial position of the window"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:575
msgid "Default Width"
msgstr "Default Width"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:576
msgid "The default width of the window, used when initially showing the window"
msgstr ""
"The default width of the window, used when initially showing the window"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:585
msgid "Default Height"
msgstr "Default Height"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:586
msgid ""
"The default height of the window, used when initially showing the window"
msgstr ""
"The default height of the window, used when initially showing the window"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:595
msgid "Destroy with Parent"
msgstr "Destroy with Parent"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:596
msgid "If this window should be destroyed when the parent is destroyed"
msgstr "If this window should be destroyed when the parent is destroyed"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:604
msgid "Icon for this window"
msgstr "Icon for this window"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:610
2009-12-22 03:24:59 +00:00
msgid "Mnemonics Visible"
2010-02-24 16:40:46 +00:00
msgstr "Mnemonics Visible"
2009-12-22 03:24:59 +00:00
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:611
2009-12-22 03:24:59 +00:00
msgid "Whether mnemonics are currently visible in this window"
2010-02-24 16:40:46 +00:00
msgstr "Whether mnemonics are currently visible in this window"
2009-12-22 03:24:59 +00:00
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:627
msgid "Name of the themed icon for this window"
msgstr "Name of the themed icon for this window"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:642
msgid "Is Active"
msgstr "Is Active"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:643
msgid "Whether the toplevel is the current active window"
msgstr "Whether the toplevel is the current active window"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:650
msgid "Focus in Toplevel"
msgstr "Focus in Toplevel"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:651
msgid "Whether the input focus is within this GtkWindow"
msgstr "Whether the input focus is within this GtkWindow"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:658
msgid "Type hint"
msgstr "Type hint"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:659
msgid ""
"Hint to help the desktop environment understand what kind of window this is "
"and how to treat it."
msgstr ""
"Hint to help the desktop environment understand what kind of window this is "
"and how to treat it."
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:667
msgid "Skip taskbar"
msgstr "Skip taskbar"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:668
msgid "TRUE if the window should not be in the task bar."
msgstr "TRUE if the window should not be in the task bar."
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:675
msgid "Skip pager"
msgstr "Skip pager"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:676
msgid "TRUE if the window should not be in the pager."
msgstr "TRUE if the window should not be in the pager."
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:683
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "Urgent"
msgstr "Urgent"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:684
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgid "TRUE if the window should be brought to the user's attention."
msgstr "TRUE if the window should be brought to the user's attention."
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:698
msgid "Accept focus"
msgstr "Accept focus"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:699
msgid "TRUE if the window should receive the input focus."
msgstr "TRUE if the window should receive the input focus."
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:713
msgid "Focus on map"
msgstr "Focus on map"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:714
msgid "TRUE if the window should receive the input focus when mapped."
msgstr "TRUE if the window should receive the input focus when mapped."
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:728
msgid "Decorated"
msgstr "Decorated"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:729
msgid "Whether the window should be decorated by the window manager"
msgstr "Whether the window should be decorated by the window manager"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:743
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Deletable"
msgstr "Deletable"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:744
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgid "Whether the window frame should have a close button"
msgstr "Whether the window frame should have a close button"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:760
msgid "Gravity"
msgstr "Gravity"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:761
msgid "The window gravity of the window"
msgstr "The window gravity of the window"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:778
2006-05-17 00:33:57 +00:00
msgid "Transient for Window"
msgstr "Transient for Window"
2006-05-17 00:33:57 +00:00
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:779
2006-05-17 00:33:57 +00:00
msgid "The transient parent of the dialog"
msgstr "The transient parent of the dialogue"
2006-05-17 00:33:57 +00:00
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:794
msgid "Opacity for Window"
msgstr "Opacity for Window"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:795
msgid "The opacity of the window, from 0 to 1"
msgstr "The opacity of the window, from 0 to 1"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: modules/input/gtkimcontextxim.c:334
msgid "IM Preedit style"
msgstr "IM Preedit style"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: modules/input/gtkimcontextxim.c:335
msgid "How to draw the input method preedit string"
msgstr "How to draw the input method preedit string"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: modules/input/gtkimcontextxim.c:343
msgid "IM Status style"
msgstr "IM Status style"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
#: modules/input/gtkimcontextxim.c:344
msgid "How to draw the input method statusbar"
msgstr "How to draw the input method statusbar"
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#~ msgid "Enable arrow keys"
#~ msgstr "Enable arrow keys"
#~ msgid "Whether the arrow keys move through the list of items"
#~ msgstr "Whether the arrow keys move through the list of items"
#~ msgid "Always enable arrows"
#~ msgstr "Always enable arrows"
#~ msgid "Obsolete property, ignored"
#~ msgstr "Obsolete property, ignored"
#~ msgid "Case sensitive"
#~ msgstr "Case sensitive"
#~ msgid "Whether list item matching is case sensitive"
#~ msgstr "Whether list item matching is case sensitive"
#~ msgid "Allow empty"
#~ msgstr "Allow empty"
#~ msgid "Whether an empty value may be entered in this field"
#~ msgstr "Whether an empty value may be entered in this field"
#~ msgid "Value in list"
#~ msgstr "Value in list"
#~ msgid "Whether entered values must already be present in the list"
#~ msgstr "Whether entered values must already be present in the list"
#~ msgid "Curve type"
#~ msgstr "Curve type"
#~ msgid "Is this curve linear, spline interpolated, or free-form"
#~ msgstr "Is this curve linear, spline interpolated, or free-form"
#~ msgid "Minimum X"
#~ msgstr "Minimum X"
#~ msgid "Minimum possible value for X"
#~ msgstr "Minimum possible value for X"
#~ msgid "Maximum X"
#~ msgstr "Maximum X"
#~ msgid "Maximum possible X value"
#~ msgstr "Maximum possible X value"
#~ msgid "Minimum Y"
#~ msgstr "Minimum Y"
#~ msgid "Minimum possible value for Y"
#~ msgstr "Minimum possible value for Y"
#~ msgid "Maximum Y"
#~ msgstr "Maximum Y"
#~ msgid "Maximum possible value for Y"
#~ msgstr "Maximum possible value for Y"
#~ msgid "File System Backend"
#~ msgstr "File System Backend"
#~ msgid "Name of file system backend to use"
#~ msgstr "Name of file system backend to use"
#~ msgid "The currently selected filename"
#~ msgstr "The currently selected filename"
#~ msgid "Show file operations"
#~ msgstr "Show file operations"
#~ msgid "Whether buttons for creating/manipulating files should be displayed"
#~ msgstr "Whether buttons for creating/manipulating files should be displayed"
#~ msgid "Tab Border"
#~ msgstr "Tab Border"
#~ msgid "Width of the border around the tab labels"
#~ msgstr "Width of the border around the tab labels"
#~ msgid "Horizontal Tab Border"
#~ msgstr "Horizontal Tab Border"
#~ msgid "Width of the horizontal border of tab labels"
#~ msgstr "Width of the horizontal border of tab labels"
#~ msgid "Vertical Tab Border"
#~ msgstr "Vertical Tab Border"
#~ msgid "Width of the vertical border of tab labels"
#~ msgstr "Width of the vertical border of tab labels"
#~ msgid "Whether tabs should have homogeneous sizes"
#~ msgstr "Whether tabs should have homogeneous sizes"
#~ msgid "Group ID"
#~ msgstr "Group ID"
#~ msgid "Group ID for tabs drag and drop"
#~ msgstr "Group ID for tabs drag and drop"
#~ msgid "User Data"
#~ msgstr "User Data"
#~ msgid "Anonymous User Data Pointer"
#~ msgstr "Anonymous User Data Pointer"
#~ msgid "The menu of options"
#~ msgstr "The menu of options"
#~ msgid "Size of dropdown indicator"
#~ msgstr "Size of dropdown indicator"
#~ msgid "Spacing around indicator"
#~ msgstr "Spacing around indicator"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Whether the preview widget should take up the entire space it is allocated"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Whether the preview widget should take up the entire space it is allocated"
#~ msgid "The GtkAdjustment connected to the progress bar (Deprecated)"
#~ msgstr "The GtkAdjustment connected to the progress bar (Deprecated)"
#~ msgid "Bar style"
#~ msgstr "Bar style"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Specifies the visual style of the bar in percentage mode (Deprecated)"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Specifies the visual style of the bar in percentage mode (Deprecated)"
#~ msgid "Activity Step"
#~ msgstr "Activity Step"
#~ msgid "The increment used for each iteration in activity mode (Deprecated)"
#~ msgstr "The increment used for each iteration in activity mode (Deprecated)"
#~ msgid "Activity Blocks"
#~ msgstr "Activity Blocks"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The number of blocks which can fit in the progress bar area in activity "
#~ "mode (Deprecated)"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "The number of blocks which can fit in the progress bar area in activity "
#~ "mode (Deprecated)"
#~ msgid "Discrete Blocks"
#~ msgstr "Discrete Blocks"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The number of discrete blocks in a progress bar (when shown in the "
#~ "discrete style)"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "The number of discrete blocks in a progress bar (when shown in the "
#~ "discrete style)"
#~ msgid "Horizontal adjustment for the text widget"
#~ msgstr "Horizontal adjustment for the text widget"
#~ msgid "Vertical adjustment for the text widget"
#~ msgstr "Vertical adjustment for the text widget"
#~ msgid "Line Wrap"
#~ msgstr "Line Wrap"
#~ msgid "Whether lines are wrapped at widget edges"
#~ msgstr "Whether lines are wrapped at widget edges"
#~ msgid "Word Wrap"
#~ msgstr "Word Wrap"
#~ msgid "Whether words are wrapped at widget edges"
#~ msgstr "Whether words are wrapped at widget edges"
#~ msgid "Tooltips"
#~ msgstr "Tooltips"
#~ msgid "If the tooltips of the toolbar should be active or not"
#~ msgstr "If the tooltips of the toolbar should be active or not"
#~ msgid "The orientation of the toolbar"
#~ msgstr "The orientation of the toolbar"
#~ msgid "Whether stock icons should be shown in buttons"
#~ msgstr "Whether stock icons should be shown in buttons"
#~ msgid "Whether or not the operation has been successfully cancelled"
#~ msgstr "Whether or not the operation has been successfully cancelled"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "A number between 0.0 and 1.0 specifying the horizontal alignment of the "
#~ "text in the progress widget"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "A number between 0.0 and 1.0 specifying the horizontal alignment of the "
#~ "text in the progress widget"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "A number between 0.0 and 1.0 specifying the vertical alignment of the "
#~ "text in the progress widget"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "A number between 0.0 and 1.0 specifying the vertical alignment of the "
#~ "text in the progress widget"
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "The current page in the document."
#~ msgstr "The page size of the adjustment"
2006-07-24 02:02:14 +00:00
#~ msgid "Homogenous"
#~ msgstr "Homogenous"
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Show Preview"
#~ msgstr "Show text"
2005-07-15 20:33:47 +00:00
#~ msgid "Whether this text is hidden. Not implemented in GTK 2.0"
#~ msgstr "Whether this text is hidden. Not implemented in GTK 2.0"